Home

HP All in One Printer 4000 User's Manual

image

Contents

1. ccccccssseeeccesseecceeseceeceaueeecesaueeecseaaeeessaeeeessaeeeecsueeeessssseeeeseas 192 Getink cartridge statistics srein a a a E E a a 193 Ge Printhead Stats lC irrin e E eases 193 12 How do l accounting topics Get accounting information from the Printel ccccccccseeceeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeesaeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaeneeees 196 Check printer usage StauSuCs a ncsmessiceciencilae ines waa ieetidddiel eine anaes 196 Check ink and paper USAGE for a JOD ccccceeececcseseecceeseeeceeuseeeeceesseecseuseeceeeaseeesseaeeecseaeeeesseneeaeeeses 196 Request accounting data by E Mallisscccscssicessccasadsiaasessatcareasvataccsecaseiavccasendevesccavecssidscavauseeteusdseatuadavertde 196 13 How do l printer maintenance topics Clean the extenor OF the DINTEN acasin a A anne uae E nee 200 clean the Input FOM Ors orron a a a E SA 200 Glean the Dlate inca icc ees eatin EE ee 200 Lubricate the printhead CarriaQe ccccscccsssseecesseeceseecneueesessecseueceeeuecceaceeceaseesseasessegecsseeessuesenessness 203 Replace the manual cutter DIACES ee cecccecccececeeceeeceeeecueeceeeceaeccaeeseeceeescaeeseesaeeseeesaeeseeesaneeseas 203 Maintain Ihe WK CAMMAGSS i scssccnds cin seieseeubsswussad a a ay snivPalenmameiannde paws 204 MOVE OF store MY PINTST sarga Guns ieoriunn nel ons hieswund a liens bods a a 204 Update my PMES INWE sa a a acta galasnnndedscsaeedagsent A E 204 14 How dol Image Dia
2. Internet Explorer 5 1 or later for Mac OS X printer e Netscape Navigator 6 01 or later e Mozilla 1 5 or later Safari p O Q O _ O prar 4 gt See Q ke ae oe Emm ENWW Change the language of the front panel 103 There are several ways to access the Embedded Web Server e Onany computer open your Web browser and give the address of your printer You can find out the address of your printer starting with http from the front panel by highlighting the M Icon e Select Status of my printer or Manage my printer s queue from the Services tab of your Windows printer driver or from the Services panel of your Mac OS printer driver e Onacomputer running Windows with your printer software installed double click the Printer Access Utility icon on your desktop then select your printer If you have followed these instructions but failed to get through to the Embedded Web Server see cannot access the Embedded Web Server from my browser Using IP over FireWire with Mac OS X 10 3 and later If you are using Mac OS X 10 3 or a later version and have a FireWire connection to your printer it is possible to set up an IP address for the printer in order to use the Embedded Web Server To do this 1 Open System Preferences and click Network 2 Choose Network Port Configurations from the Show popup menu 3 If you see no FireWire port configuration in the list click New then choose FireWi
3. ENWW Load a roll into the printer 4000 111 8 Wait until the paper emerges from the printer as shown below Z NOTE Ifyou have an unexpected problem at any stage of the paper loading process see The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4000 9 Align the right hand edge of the paper with the blue line and the left edge of the half circle on the right of the platen 10 11 The front panel prompts you to wind excess paper onto the roll Wind excess paper onto roll Close window to continue 112 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 12 Wind the excess paper onto the roll Use the paper stop to turn the roll in the direction shown o t N 13 Lower the window 14 The front panel again prompts you to wind excess paper onto the roll Loading roll Wind any excess paper onto roll to ensure image quality when printing Press to continue 15 The printer will perform a color calibration if it has not already calibrated the paper type you are using and if color calibration is turned on See Perform color calibration 16 The front panel displays the Ready message and the printer is ready to print Unload a roll from the printer 4000 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only Before unloading a roll check whether the end of the roll is still attached to the spindle and follow the appropriate procedure as described below The normal procedure roll attached to s
4. a O D E T Q D a The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only e The paper may be loaded at an angle skewed or mislocated Check that the right hand edge of the paper is aligned with the half circle on the right hand side of the platen and particularly in the case of sheet paper that the leading edge is aligned with the metal bar in the platen e The paper may be crumpled or warped or may have irregular edges Rolls e If the paper gets stuck in the paper path to the platen it may be that the leading edge of the paper is not straight or clean and needs to be trimmed Remove the initial 2 cm 1 in from the roll and try again This may be necessary even with a new roll of paper e Check that the spindle is correctly inserted The spindle lever on the right should be in the horizontal position e Check that the paper is correctly loaded on the spindle and that it loads over the roll towards yOu e Check that the paper is wound tightly on the roll Sheets e Check that the leading edge of the sheet is aligned with the cutter channel in the platen e Do not use hand cut sheets which may be of irregular shapes Use only purchased sheets Here is a list of front panel messages related to paper loading with the suggested corrective action Front panel message Suggested action Right edge of roll too far from load line Th
5. Print Space Profile Adobe ROB 1993 Intent Perceptual IY Use Black Point Compensation Driver settings In the Paper Quality tab Windows or Image Quality panel Mac OS set Print Quality to Best LOP MOH OQ 2A O O O 2 158 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW In the Color tab Windows or Color Options panel Mac OS you have the following Color Management options Select the same option that you selected in the Print dialog box above Print Space section Profile option e sRGB this is the default color space The input RGB data are converted to CMYK using the printer s internal color maps which depend on the paper type and print quality selected These are the most versatile color maps producing saturated colors for CAD and office applications and also producing good results with photographic images e AdobeRGB similar to SRGB but using the AdobeRGB to CMYK internal color maps which are designed for AdobeRGB input data with a bigger source gamut Best suited to digital photography e Managed by Application the driver will not perform any color correction This path can be used when building custom RGB printer profiles and applying them within the application the application is responsible for applying the right color management by using the custom RGB printer profiles In this case make sure that you have selected the right media profile in the Print Space Profile
6. The spindle has a stop at each end to keep the roll in position The stop at the left hand end can be removed to mount a new roll it slides along the spindle to hold rolls of different widths 4 Remove the blue paper stop 1 from the left hand end of the spindle i 5 If your roll has a three inch cardboard core ensure that the core adaptors supplied with the printer have been installed See below 6 The roll may be very long rest the spindle horizontally on a table and load the roll on the table Bear in mind that you may need two people to handle it 108 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW ENWW 10 Slide the new roll onto the spindle Make sure the paper type is oriented as shown If it is not remove the roll turn it 180 degrees and slide it back on to the spindle A NOTE There is also a label on the spindle showing the correct orientation 927 027 Ensure there is no space between the roll and the fixed stop at the right hand end of the spindle Put the blue paper stop on to the upper end of the spindle and push it towards the end of the roll With the blue paper stop on the left slide the spindle into the printer left and then right as shown by the arrows 1 and 2 Load a roll onto the spindle 4000 109 11 To make sure that the right end of the spindle is in place check that the spindle lever is in its top position horizontal You can move the lever yourself if necessary If you
7. icon and then Job management options gt When to start printing There are three options you can select e When After Processing is selected the printer waits until the whole page has been processed and then it starts to print This is the slowest setting but offers the best print quality e When Immediately is selected the printer prints the page as it is processed This is the quickest setting but the printer may stop halfway through a print to process data This setting is not recommended for complex images with dense color e When Optimized is selected this is the default setting the printer calculates the best time to begin printing the page It is usually the best compromise between the After Processing and Immediately settings LOP MOH soido Identifying a job in the queue The best way to look at the queue is in the Embedded Web Server Information gt Jobs queue where you can manage the queue and get full information on every job by clicking the name of the file xe on t O O However you can also manage the queue from the front panel To do so select the icon and then Job queue where you can see a list of the jobs in the queue Each has an identifier comprising lt position in queue gt lt image name gt The job currently being printed is in position 0 The next job to be printed is in position 1 the previous job already printed is in position 1 Prioritizing a job in th
8. s ido 1 Switch off the printer at the front panel then also switch off the power switch at the rear O Q D a Pale Leek Ai 3 Try to move the printhead carriage out of the way 238 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW 4 Lift the paper load lever as far up as it will go paper V 9 Q e _ 2 Ko O S Q Ka H 6 Carefully pull the rest of the roll or sheet down and out of the printer 7 Switch on the printer 8 Reload the roll or load a new sheet See Load a roll into the printer 4000 or Load a single sheet 4000 9 If you find that there is still some paper causing an obstruction within the printer it can often be cleared by loading a rigid paper type into the printer 10 If you find that you have print quality problems after a paper jam try realigning the printheads See Align the printheads Check paper path e This problem can occur when a roll has finished and the end of the roll is stuck to the cardboard core If this has happened cut the end of the roll away from the core you should then be able to feed the paper through the printer and load a new roll e Otherwise follow the procedure described above under Check printhead path A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 ee E NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only When a paper jam occurs you will normally see the Possible paper jam messa
9. 8 Ifyou have the HP Designjet 4500 stacker disconnect and detach it A NOTE We strongly recommend that you do not try to disassemble the HP Designjet 4500 roll module Update my printer s firmware Your printer s various functions are controlled by software that resides in the printer otherwise known as firmware From time to time firmware updates will be available from Hewlett Packard These updates increase your printer s functionality and enhance the features that your printer already possesses Firmware can be downloaded from the Internet and installed into your printer using the Embedded Web Server s Firmware update page found in the Settings tab If you are unable to use the Embedded Web Server because you do not have a TCP IP connection to your printer for instance when using USB or AppleTalk you can obtain HP Designjet 4000 series firmware updates and installation software from these Web pages http www hp com support designjet fw4000 http www hp com support designjet fw4000ps 204 Chapter13 How do l printer maintenance topics ENWW And you can obtain HP Designjet 4500 series firmware updates and installation software from http www hp com support designjet fw4500 http www hp com support designjet fw4500ps http www hp com support designjet fw4500mfp The firmware includes a set of the most commonly used media profiles Extra media profiles can be downloaded separately see Download
10. A 4 Fix the right side of the stand to the printer using one screw Make sure that the screw is fully tightened 18 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 5 Fix the left side of the stand to the printer using two screws Make sure that the screws are fully tightened printer 6 Place the spare and consumables boxes against the rear of the printer box The arrows on the boxes must point towards the printer box Check that the anti slip material is still fixed to the two rear wheels How do l Sw mn Oo Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 A oN i f A eh Rotate the printer until its rear rests on the spare and consumables boxes and the wheels with the anti slip material touch the floor 7 ENWW Attach the stand 19 8 Remove the pallet before trying to lift the printer into an upright position 9 Using four people and the hand holds on the rear of the printer body carefully lift the printer into an upright position The anti slip material should stop the printer from sliding forwards LOP MOH J zunud o T O D Ss lt r O D Z T Remove packaging materials 1 Remove the two foam end packs and the plastic covering the printer 2 20 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 3 Position the right leg cover on the front of the right leg 1 then clip the rear edge 2 into pla
11. How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from Adobe InDesign CS 163 Color Settings i E I Enable Color Management je R Cancel Settings Custom o M Advanced Mode toad Working Spaces Save RGB Adobe RGB 19585 CMYK Euroscale Coatedy2 tsi Color Management Policies RGB Preserve Embedded Profiles CMYK Preserve Embedded Profiles Profile Mismatches M Ask When Opening JY Ask when Pasting Missing Profiles Ask When Opening Conversion Options Engine Adobe FACE Intent W Use Black Point Compensation Description Position the pointer over a heading to view a description 2 Create or open the image with its own or the most appropriate color space Then retouch the image as needed 3 When you have the image ready to send to the output device that is the moment to simulate on your printer what will appear on the output device You must convert the image from the source or work profile to the output CMYK device and then again from the output CMYK device to the printer profile calibrated In InDesign we recommend the Proof Setup command View gt Proof Setup gt Custom This command lets you select the proof profile in the source space when printing You can also see a simulation on your monitor We recommend as follows Proof Setup a oe Profile cc PressMatch 1 icc Cancel Simulate Paper white Tink Black Sonar me
12. OP MOH Uninstall the printer driver Windows 1 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your CD drive If the CD does not autorun run the START EXE program in the root folder of the CD N p me O m 9 O 2 lemyos 2 Choose install and follow the instructions on your screen to uninstall the printer driver Connect to a network Mac OS X You can connect your printer to a network under Mac OS X using the following methods e Bonjour Rendezvous e AppleTalk e TCP IP 92 Chapter4 How do l software setup topics ENWW Before you begin make sure the following are true e The printer is set up and on e The Ethernet hub or router is on and functioning properly e All computers on the network are on and connected to the network e The printer is connected to the network Now you can proceed to install the printer driver and connect your printer 1 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your CD drive 2 Open the CD icon on your desktop 3 Open the OS X HP DJ 4000ps Install or the OS X HP DJ 4500ps Install icon depending on your printer model 4 Follow the instructions on your screen 5 When the printer driver has been installed the HP Printer Setup Assistant will start automatically to set up a connection to your printer Follow the instructions on your screen 6 When the HP Printer Setup Assistant has finished you can remove the CD from the CD drive The HP Printer Se
13. Comments r Paper Size ANSIA Source E 0 Orientation f Portrait Landscape Map Page Size Use Printer Paper Settings Rage AY Standard Sizes Custom e width e ichs Height C inches gt Orientation Portrait Landscape Show pinter margins on Layout D Scale map elements proportionally to changes in page size OK Cancel 3 Click the Properties button and configure the driver as follows e Inthe Paper Quality tab set Print Quality to Best e Inthe Color tab ensure that the Print In Grayscale box is unchecked and set Color Matching Method to sRGB A 9 Q e Se 2 O 2 4 Click the OK button How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from ESRI ArcGIS 9 169 LOP MOH 2A O er O O L 5 Select File gt Print e Printer Engine select Windows Printer it will use the selected raster driver e Output Image Quality Resample Ratio this setting alters the number of pixels sampled when an ArcMap print file is generated it determines how many pixels in the map document will be used to create the file sent to the printer n Fast 1 5 o Normal 1 3 e Best 1 1 as is The Best choice requires a lot of resources to process the print job and could cause long processing times and perhaps out of memory messages depending on the map size If you have these problems select an Output Image Quality lower than Best Bear in mind
14. Photo v O S V 2 Q O _ E How do l Backgnd clean Sharpen Blur 0 re 0 Mo Press the Save button to save the changes you have made A NOTE The changes are saved in your current media profile Enable or disable scanner accounts 1 Press the Setup tab 2 Press the Account button gt Press the Tool button __ if necessary 4 Inthe Accounting box e Press the Delete button to delete the current account the one whose name is displayed in the box Press the New button to create a new account then enter a name for the new account The new account will automatically become the current account e Press the Rename button to rename the current account e Press the Reset button to reset the current account all figures return to zero After pressing any of the above buttons you will be asked to give the administrator s password Check the printer queue Press the Print Queue button Ee at the bottom of the screen EA NOTE This button works only if you are using the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series The Print Queue box lets you manage any jobs waiting to be printed You can move through the list and delete unwanted jobs The Properties section contains a window for previewing the selected job in the queue and viewing additional information ENWW Enable or disable scanner accounts 233 LOP MOH ar O O L T QI Jauueds Collat
15. Q Q t c N r 3 D P r O G e o6eul 152 Chapter9 How do l image adjustment topics ENWW 10 ENWW How do l color topics e Perform color calibration e Perform black point compensation e Set the rendering intent e Select the color emulation mode e Produce matching prints from different HP Designjets e Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS HP GL 2 amp RTL driver e Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS PostScript driver e Get accurate colors from Adobe InDesign CS Get accurate colors from QuarkXPress 6 Get accurate colors from Autodesk AutoCAD Get accurate colors from Microsoft Office 2003 Get accurate colors from ESRI ArcGIS 9 153 A 2 Q e Sem O How do lI Perform color calibration Color calibration improves color consistency between prints and from one printer to another It is normally performed whenever a printhead is replaced and whenever a new paper type is introduced that has not been calibrated yet with the new printhead s However this automatic behavior can be turned off and a default color correction used for each of the known paper types From the front panel select the icon then Printer configuration gt Color calibration Printer configuration H Front panel options Sleep mode wait time AUTO printhead alignment Color calibration Printhead monitoring Select unit k Select altit
16. S 11 12 13 Position a foot on the left leg There are pins to help you to position the foot correctly A NOTE Do not remove the anti slip material from the wheel 16 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 14 Fix the left foot using four screws 15 Position a foot on the right leg There are pins to help you to position the foot correctly printer A NOTE Do not remove the anti slip material from the wheel How do l z O O Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 16 Attach the stand 1 You now need to identify the left and right of the printer This information is shown on the foam end packs Also identify the rear of the printer h NI 4 gl P i JH i Hooo O S a f l F a E z E x Ve ee Ar eT A TE IR a i aol le a lt 8 f lt ENWW Attach the stand 17 2 Pull open the protective plastic from the base of the printer Please ensure that there is a three meter space clear of obstructions to the rear of the printer Remove the two desiccant bags from the printer 3 In this step make sure you position the stand pins in the holes in the center of the printer body brackets LOP MOH J zunud o T O D 3 T lt a O D T Lift the stand assembly onto the printer body The anti slip material should face to the rear of the printer At 1 n E oe r
17. p gt e There is some risk of damaging the printer In this case the printer warranty will not be valid for any printer repairs that are related to the cartridge nor for any problems due to ink contamination O ro o P O H e You will invalidate the warranty of all printheads of the same color used in the printer subsequently unless and until the whole ink system including ink tubes is replaced e Print quality may be impaired e The printer will be unable to estimate the ink level in the cartridge and will report it as empty If you decide to use refilled or non HP ink cartridges you will need to follow these instructions to make the printer use a cartridge that it believes to be empty 1 Install the cartridge in the printer see Insert an ink cartridge 2 The front panel will complain that the cartridge is empty and the cartridge removal process will start Press the Cancel key to stop this automatic process 3 At the front panel select the OG icon 4 Highlight Replace ink cartridges but do not select it 5 Press the Cancel key and the Up key at the same time and hold them down for at least two seconds 6 The front panel will display a series of warning messages In response to each message press the Cancel key to cancel the process or the Select key to confirm that you wish to continue When you have pressed Select in response to all warning messages the front panel will give the
18. printer maintenance topics ENWW Lubricate the printhead carriage The printhead carriage occasionally about once a year needs lubrication to slide easily along the slider rod 1 To gain access to the carriage go to the front panel and select the S6 icon then Printhead management gt Replace printheads The carriage will slide into the middle section of the printer CAUTION Ifthe carriage is left in the central part of the printer for more than seven minutes it will try to move back to its normal position in the right hand end 2 Take the bottle of oil from the Maintenance Kit that is supplied with your printer A replacement kit can be ordered if necessary 3 Open the window and apply a few drops of oil from the Maintenance Kit to the pads on either side of the carriage printer a 92 Q O ur S am o _ o z How do l 5 Close the window Replace the manual cutter blades It is unlikely that the cutter blades will need replacing unless you use them to cut a lot of heavyweight paper However each cutter contains a spare blade If you find that a cutter no longer cuts effectively you can replace the blade as follows 1 Start with the cutter in its normal position on the right hand side of the drawer 2 Remove the screw from underneath the cutter holding on to the bottom cover to stop it falling 3 Remove the bottom cover by rotating it downwards and pulling outwards E
19. s CD DVD drive You may also be able to write to a partly used CD or DVD if the disc has not been closed O S V 2 Q O _ How do l 2 Follow the normal steps for scanning or copying but send the files to drive E the CD DVD drive 3 When you have finished the disc will normally be ejected automatically Otherwise press the eject button on the drive to eject it There will be a delay of about 45 seconds before the disc is ejected A NOTE Ifyou have scanned an image to a file on the touch screen s hard disk you cannot then copy the file to a CD or DVD using the touch screen To do that you must put the saved file in the shared folder D images and copy it to the disc using a computer on the same network see Access the shared folder from my computer Access the shared folder from my computer The scanner system provides a shared folder D images that can be accessed from other computers over a network For security reasons no other folders on the scanner system can be accessed over a network Therefore in order to access scanned images from other computers you must save them in D images In order to establish a connection over the network you will need to know the IP address of your scanner system You can obtain this from the scanner s touch screen as follows 1 Press the Setup tab on the touch screen 2 Inthe Setup tab press the Options button 3 Inthe Options box press the General
20. stacker topics 4500 ENWW Paper SCH OMNI sass sant aac toslsa casts ctnc a eaten auanab dante desh sun tudeleeas 280 The trailing edge of the paper curling UP ccccccssseeccseeeecceeseeecceseecceeaeeecsaseecseeaeeeseageeessaneessneass 280 The paper is not completely Cjected ccccccccccsececsseeccseecececeuseeceeseeecsaeessaeeseueeseageesseessueeseuseesaess 280 22 The problem is Scanner topics 4500 Thediagnosics lights Mashing stscicsos cicero tsate oii a nbd ieee aiuto Bx eci ua inetente tate eens 282 The Walt liGhtis lashing aes s lt sons204sacenccssacnct a secon a eaea ai aaa ai daoa tee seacshenestacs 282 The wait and diagnostics lights are both flaShing cccccccccsseeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseeeeseseesaaeeeesaaees 282 The scanner displays a warning MESSAQEC sccccseececeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeseueeeseueesseeeseeeesseeeesneesseeeess 283 The scanner software is in the Wrong lANQUAGE cceecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceueeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeessneeesaeeees 283 The scanner software does not Start cccccccsececceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeseeeeceuseeeceueeesegseessueeessageesseseeeseaeeeess 283 The CD or DVD cannot be read by My COMPUTEL cc ccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeesaeeeeesaaeeesaeeeesaneeeeaaes 284 A media profile cannot be generated cccccssscccceseecceseeecceuseecseaeeceeuseecseueeessaseessageesseuseessaseesssagees 284 The Printer puts the
21. 300 Chapter25 Tell me about printer topics ENWW e View printer information Internal prints Printer configuration H Printing defaults options H I O setup H Printer Logs The following internal prints are available e Demo shows some of the capabilities of the printer e Menu map shows details of all the front panel menus e Configuration shows all the current front panel settings e Usage report shows estimates of the total number of prints number of prints by paper type number of prints by print quality option and total amount of ink used per color The accuracy of these estimates is not guaranteed e HP GL 2 palette shows the color or grayscale definitions in the currently selected color palette e PostScript font list lists the PostScript fonts installed in the printer PostScript printers only e Image diagnostics helps you to solve print quality problems See How do I Image Diagnostics Print topics e Service information provides information needed by service engineers Preventive maintenance During the life of your printer components that are used constantly can wear out with time and use To avoid these components being so worn that the printer breaks down the printer keeps track of the number of cycles the printer carriage makes across the axis of the printer and on the total quantity of ink printed The printer uses this number to advise you of the need for preventive maintenance displ
22. Front panel message Suggested action Right edge not found The printer cannot locate the right hand edge of the paper the paper may be badly positioned Press the Select key and try to load the roll again Paper not found During the paper load process the printer did not detect any paper Press the Select key to retry Paper loaded with too much skew During the paper load process the printer detected that the paper had too much skew Press the Select key to try to load the paper again Paper too small During the load process the printer detected that the paper is too narrow or too short to be loaded in the printer Press the Cancel key to stop the load process See Functional specifications Lever lifted During the load process the paper load lever was lifted This prevents the printer from loading the paper Press the Select key to load the paper again A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only ENWW The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4500 237 When a paper jam occurs you will normally see the Possible paper jam message in the front panel with one of two error codes e 81 01 indicates that paper cannot advance into the printer e 86 01 indicates that the printhead carriage cannot move from side to side OO 51 01 Possible paper jam Press to learn how to clear a paper jam Check printhead path SI Wajqoid au
23. Perform paper advance calibration with the same paper type that you intend to use for the final print See How do l paper advance calibration topics 4 Ifthere is no improvement in print quality contact your customer service representative Interpret Image Diagnostics part 3 ENWW If part 2 has revealed a printhead problem the purpose of part 3 is to identify which particular printhead is faulty Each rectangle in this plot is labelled with the number of the printhead that produced it Interpret Image Diagnostics part 3 211 Image How do lI 2 Q O _ _ am T ai V O prar O e amp A Here are three examples of a black rectangle in close up showing the fine lines of which it is made Q In the first two examples above there are so many missing lines that the printhead may be faulty In the third case there are only a few missing lines which are acceptable because the printer can compensate for such minor problems Corrective action If part 3 shows a problem with one printhead but part 2 shows no problem there is no immediate need to take any corrective action because the printer is able to compensate for the problem and maintain print quality However if part 2 also shows a problem continue as follows 1 Clean the printheads See Recover clean the printheads 2 Ifthere is no improvement in print quality replace the printhead that shows the problem See
24. Remove a printhead and Insert a printhead Op MOH 0 21001 mn g Q Q m O 7 ct O 7 U r a O O G If still have a problem If the entire Image Diagnostics Print contains no defects and you still experience print quality problems here are some things to check e Try using a higher print quality option See Choose print quality settings and Change the print quality e Check the driver you are using to print with If it is a non HP driver go to http www hp com go designjet and download the correct HP driver e If you are using a non HP RIP its settings may be incorrect Refer to the documentation that came with the RIP 212 Chapter14 How do l Image Diagnostics Print topics ENWW e Check that your printer s firmware is up to date See Update my printer s firmware e Check that you have the right settings in your software application e If you are seeing a problem only at the top of the page see A defect near the start of a print Image How do l e 2 Q O ur _ G T aH V S O e amp CQ ENWW If I stil have a problem 213 OP MOH 0 200 ia g Q Q m O a ct O 7i U a P P O L 214 Chapter 14 How do l Image Diagnostics Print topics ENWW 15 How dol paper advance calibration topics Your printer was calibrated at the factory to ensure that it advances the paper a
25. Table 27 1 Recommended paper types Product name Front panel name HP Bright White Inkjet Bond Paper Bright White Max Speed Bright White 308 Chapter27 Tell me about paper topics ENWW ENWW Table 27 1 Recommended paper types continued Product name HP Matte Film HP Clear Film HP Natural Tracing Paper HP Translucent Bond HP Vellum HP Coated Paper HP Heavyweight Coated Paper HP Heavyweight Coated Paper iong roll HP Productivity Photo Gloss HP Productivity Photo Semi Gloss HP Photo Paper RC Matte HP Proofing Paper RC Satin HP Universal High Gloss Photo Paper HP Universal Semi Gloss Photo Paper HP Universal Instant Dry Photo Gloss HP Universal Instant Dry Photo Semi Gloss HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper Front panel name Matte Film Clear Film Natural Tracing Paper Translucent Bond Vellum Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Productivity Photo Gloss Productivity Photo Gloss High Gloss Photo Paper High Gloss Photo Paper ten o Q w PE e E Q o Q O H High Gloss Photo Paper High Gloss Photo Paper Universal Instant Dry Photo Gloss Universal Instant Dry Photo Gloss Bond Paper Max Speed Bond Paper Table 27 2 Other supported paper types Product name HP Polyester Film Opaque White Glossy HP Universal Coated Paper HP Universal Heavyweight Coated Paper HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper HP Banners wit
26. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications Korean EMI statement Aea Cruze A 7 7 o AAE AFELE AAIAPSSS WS ALY By HE ABRE o AS FO AA e bop AR TA BAS qos EYRE LOYAL AFHL aL spay wey D Q h O a Q ot O VCCI Class A Japan CORB PHUBRESERRSAEMHBRAS VCCI OR CHOC VIAZAPRRHEECT CORE ERER CHAT SCE EAS XBMIOFCEPHVET COBSCSSRSPBICHR ERT SBEDEBRKRENScCEPHVETF Safety power cord warning ACI MAS 47 RS KR Oe BEV ES VY AAS tU7e BRS SF UL HO Ra Cie AAR E AA Taiwanese EMI statement 338 Chapter 32 Legal information ENWW KIAR th FARAH amp p an Al REST CARER FER MP Hee PAT RRS AY 47 AY Se fe Sound Gerauschemission Germany LpA lt 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN45635 T 19 O prar S Sem O Gen S O l ENWW Regulatory notices 339 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Supplier s name Hewlett Packard Company Supplier s address Avenida Graells 501 08174 Sant Cugat del Valles Barcelona Spain Designjet 4500 Scanner series HP Designjet 4500 Stacker series m declares that the product Q I Regulatory Model Number BCLAA 0401 BCLAA 0503 BCLAA 0504 O Product family HP Designjet 4000 Printer series HP
27. warped lines 267 346 Index ENWW
28. which runs in the printer and enables you to use a Web browser on any computer to submit and manage print jobs and check ink levels and printer status e The HP GL 2 and RTL driver for Windows e The PostScript driver for Windows HP Designjet 4000ps and 4500ps only e The PostScript driver for Mac OS 9 HP Designjet 4000ps only e The PostScript driver for Mac OS X HP Designjet 4000ps and 4500ps only e The ADI driver for AutoCAD 14 Scanner software 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The scanner software is installed in the scanner s touch screen and will run automatically when you switch on the touch screen The first page that you see can be divided into two main sections e The viewing section on the left for viewing scanned images e The control section on the right 8 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW ENWW The preview window fills most of the viewing section Above it is the image toolbar with nine buttons that can be used to change the preview in some way see Preview copies The control section contains four tabs Copy Scan Print and Setup Each tab provides options that you can set when performing copy scan print or setup tasks At the bottom of the page are seven larger buttons From left to right 1 2 oO es YS p Quit shuts down or restarts the touch screen Online help provides more information on some topics than this document Print queue manages the
29. 4500 series To set up your operating system to use the printer see one of the following e Connect to a network Windows e Connect to a network Mac OS X e Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 e Connect directly to a computer Windows e Connect directly to a computer Mac OS X e Connect directly to a computer Mac OS 9 4000 The printer s rear lights At the rear of the printer above the power switch are three small lights e The amber light on the left is on when the printer is in sleep mode e The blue light in the center is on when the printer is on when it has electrical power e The green light on the right is on when the printer is printing A NOTE You should never see all three lights on at the same time because the printer cannot print in sleep mode The printer s internal prints The internal prints give various kinds of information about your printer They can be requested from the front panel without using a computer Before requesting any internal print make sure that paper is loaded roll or sheet and that the front panel displays the Ready message The paper should be at least 36 in 91 44 cm wide otherwise the print may be clipped HP Designjet 4000 series or put on hold for paper HP Designjet 4500 series noqe ow jj L s ido To print any internal print select the M icon then Internal prints then select whichever internal print you want xe i a D a
30. AdobePS driver and the USB connection 13 Click the Change button in the USB Printer Selection section to select the printer 14 Click the Auto Setup button to set up the printer automatically You can click the Change button to select the PostScript Printer Description PPD file 15 Once you have selected the correct PPD file click the Create button to save the desktop printer Sharing the printer If you have Mac OS 9 1 or later and your computer is connected to a network through TCP IP you can make your directly connected printer available to other computers on the same network 1 Inthe Apple menu go to Control Panels gt USB Printer Sharing 2 Click the Start button 3 Click the My Printers tab The printer will be displayed Check the box next to the printer name to enable sharing 4 Toconnect to the printer from another Macintosh first install the printer driver software insert the Drivers and Documentation CD and follow the instructions on the screen 5 Inthe Apple menu go to Control Panels gt USB Sharing 6 Click the Network Printers tab You will see a list of shared printers 7 If your printer is in the list click the Use checkbox next to the printer s name If your printer is not in the list click the Add button open the neighborhood where the printer is shared and choose the printer 8 Run the Desktop Printer Utility in the HP Designjet 4000ps folder I OP MOH 9 Choose the AdobePS driver
31. Coated v2 r Load Gray Grav Gamma 22 222 i O Save Spot Dot Sanzo ooo E Preview Color Management Policies RGB Preserve Embedded Profiles CMYK Preserve Embedded Profiles Gray Preserve Embedded Profiles Frofile Mismatches m Ask When Opening m Ask When Fasting Missing Profiles IW Ask When Opening Conversion Options Engine Adobe ACE Intent Perceptual T mi Use Black Point Compensation fw Use Dither 2 bit channel images Advanced Controls E Desaturate Monitor Colors By Eo r Blend RGE Colors Using Gamma joa Description 156 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW 2 Open the image Accept the embedded color profile if there is one Embedded Profile Mismatch a X The document erbedded tif has an embedded color profile that does not match the current RGB working space Embedded sRGB IEC61966 2 1 Working Adobe Rab 1998 How do you want to proceed f Use the embedded profile instead of the working space Convert documents colors to the working space C Discard the embedded profile don t color manage Missing Profile a X AN The RGB document document tif does not have an embedded color profile How do vou want to proceed Leave as is don t color manage Assign profile SRB IEC61966 2 1 T and then convert document to working RGB Cancel 3 Once you have defined the color space in which you are going to work you can i
32. Default printing options gt Color options See Color emulation modes A 2 Q e Sem O Produce matching prints from different HP Designjets See Color matching between different HP Designjets How dol ENWW Set the rendering intent 155 LOP MOH 2A O er O O L Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS HP GL 2 amp RTL driver This topic outlines one way to have good control over the printed colors you will obtain from your printer there are many other ways Before starting ensure that your paper type has already been calibrated Application settings 1 Open Adobe Photoshop and select Color Settings from the Edit menu e Working spaces the working space is the color space you want to use when manipulating the image We recommend using the color space that comes with the image see Color Management Policies below if any otherwise our recommended default settings are RGB Adobe RGB 1998 CMYK SWOP for the USA and Euroscale Coated v2 for the rest of the world e Color Management Policies select Preserve Embedded Profiles e Rendering Intent see Set the rendering intent e Black Point Compensation this option is recommended if you have chosen the Relative Colorimetric rendering intent See Perform black point compensation Settings Custom Si Ls OK M Advanced Mode Working Spaces a ee O cancel RGB dobe RGB 11398 S o CMYK Euroscale
33. Fast mode on Translucent Bond Vellum or Natural Tracing Paper there could be some ink transfer marks in highly inked areas Select Normal or Best mode to avoid this problem See Change the print quality A defect near the start of a print There is a type of defect that affects only the start of a print within 5 5 cm of the leading edge of the paper You may see a thin or thick band of inconsistent color 55 mm 2 2 ac ar 264 Chapter18 The problem is print quality topics ENWW To avoid this problem 1 The easiest solution is to select the Extended Margins option in the driver the Embedded Web Server or the front panel This means that the area of the paper affected by the problem at the start of the page will no longer be printed on See Adjust the margins 2 Align the printheads See Align the printheads 3 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings Lines are stepped If lines in your image appear stepped or jagged when printed 1 The problem may be inherent in the image Try to improve the image with the application you are using to edit it 2 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings 3 Turn on the Maximum Detail option Lines are printed double or in wrong colors This problem can have various visible symptoms O 2 Q O _ gt O e Colored lines are printed double in differen
34. Get ink cartridge statistics To get information on your ink cartridges 1 2 Select Ink cartridge information then select the cartridge on which you want information 3 The front panel displays Go to the front panel and select the D icon Its color Its product name Its product number Its serial number Its status Its ink level if Known Its total ink capacity in milliliters lts manufacturer lts warranty status You can also get most of this information without leaving your computer by using the Embedded Web Server For an explanation of the ink cartridge status messages see An ink cartridge status message Get printhead statistics To get information on your printheads ENWW 1 Go to the front panel and select the D icon 2 Select Printhead information then select the printhead on which you want information 3 The front panel displays Its color Its product name Its product number Its serial number Its status The volume of ink it has used lts warranty status The status of its cleaner You can also get most of this information without leaving your computer by using the Embedded Web Server For an explanation of the printhead and printhead cleaner status messages see A printhead status message and A printhead cleaner status message Get ink cartridge statistics 193 _ a gt gt lt c How do l topics If the warranty status is S
35. IP over FireWire e Atthe printer s front panel check that IP is enabled for the type of connection you are using Select the FA icon then I O setup then the type of connection you are using then View information and check that you see IP enabled If not you may need to use a different type of connection e If you normally access the Web through a proxy server try bypassing the proxy server and accessing the Web server directly You can do this by modifying your browser settings For instance if you are using Internet Explorer 6 for Windows go to Tools gt Internet Options gt Connections gt LAN Settings and check the Bypass proxy server for local addresses box ENWW Communication failures between computer and printer 291 Alternatively for more precise control click the Advanced button and add the printer s IP address to the list of Exceptions for which the proxy server is not used e Try switching off the printer with the Power key on the front panel and then switching it on again An out of memory error There is no direct relationship between the size of a file in your computer and the amount of memory needed in the printer to print the file In fact because of file compression and other complicating factors it is often impossible to estimate how much memory will be needed So it is possible that a print will fail for lack of memory even though you may have successfully printed larger files in the past In this
36. If you can understand the current front panel language go to the front panel and select the icon then Printer configuration gt Front panel options gt Select language e f you cannot understand the current front panel language start with the printer powered off At the front panel press the Select key and hold it down While holding the Select key down press the Power key and hold it down Continue to hold down both keys until the green light on the left side of the front panel starts flashing then release both keys You can expect a delay of about one second If the green light starts flashing without any delay you may need to start again Whichever method you used the language selection menu should now appear on the front panel O Fran ais O Italiano O Deutsch O Espa ol O Portugu s I Catal Highlight your preferred language then press the Select key Access the Embedded Web Server The Embedded Web Server enables you to manage your printer and your printing jobs remotely using an ordinary Web browser running on any computer E NOTE In order to use the Embedded Web Server you must have a TCP IP connection to your printer If you have an AppleTalk Novell or USB connection to your printer you will not be able to use the Embedded Web Server The following browsers are known to be compatible with the Embedded Web Server Internet Explorer 5 5 or later for Windows e Internet Explorer 5 2 1 or later for Mac OS 9
37. J zunud o T O D Ss lt r O D Z T Load the paper into the printer 1 At the front panel highlight the icon and press the Select key No paper loaded Press to enter Paper menu 2 Highlight Paper load and press the Select key load Faper unload Faper information Hl Paper handling options Hl Paper advance calibration Accessories 3 Highlight Load roll and press the Select key e Load roll Load sheet e Learn how to load spindle Change roll paper type m Change sheet paper type 36 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 4 Highlight the paper type you have loaded and press the Select key M Plain Paper OMax Speed Plain Paper J O Bond Paper O Mas Speed Bond Paper O Bright White OMax Speed Bright White T1tnated Parner 5 Wait until you see the Open window message printer How do l z O O Q O lt gt Q Q p p 49 ENWW Load the paper into the printer 37 9 Insert the edge of the roll above the black roller WARNING Take care not to touch the rubber wheels on the platen while loading paper they may rotate and trap skin hair or clothing 10 Wait until the paper emerges from the printer as shown below OP MOH J zunud Q N D a lt r O O O E S NOTE Ifyou have an unexpected problem at any stage of the
38. JOD ON MOI stee ricci ttn gad liter teens tt reece ak libata tt atl en Sach ten sect Si tele 284 The printer 1OAGS Ine Wong FOU sissen A a 284 Ihemargins are TOO Wde sssri a aa A ia e A Ea a aO ER E Ria SEa aa 284 Steaks Insthe Scanned MAGS samirana a a 284 23 The problem is other topics The printer s start up process does not COMPIEtE ccc cece ceccceecceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeseueeeeeeseeeeseeeeaees 286 Aron panel Message ss ceszescantessieceatct As a A a a a a a aa 286 A printhead Monitoring Message csse a a a a a d 288 A printheads are limiting performance MESSAGE cccceecceeeeeecaeeeeeeaeeceeaeeeesaeeeeeseeeessaeeeeesaneeesaass 288 An on hold tor paper message 4500 arrus n a a A tie 288 The printer does not print cccccccsccccececesceceeeceecceecseescaeeseeceeeecaeeceueseueeseusesaueeseeeesaeesseesaueesaeessaes 289 IMAG printer SCCMS SIOW ssedsiets soccer heceee eden E aie erased Acetate ete daeete licen 290 The application slows down or hangs up while generating the print JOD ccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 290 Communication failures between Computer and PIiNtel cccceeccceececeeeeeeeeececeseeeeeeeesseeeeseeeeaaees 291 cannot access the Embedded Web Server from My DrOWSED ccccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeaaeeeeas 291 AMVOUL OI MeMOly CIN OM eer cetera mnceces e E E ue 292 An AutoCAD 2000 memory allocation CLrOl ccccccecseeccecceeeeeeaeee
39. O l European contact Hewlett Packard GmbH HQ TRE Herrenberger Strasse 140 71034 B blingen Germany United States contact Hewlett Packard Company Corporate Product Regulations Manager 3000 Hanover Street Palo Alto CA 94304 USA Australian contact Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd Product Regulations Manager 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia ENWW DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY 341 Q h O a Q c O 342 Chapter 32 Legal information ENWW Index A accessories ordering 325 accessories 4000 installing 41 accounting 196 accounting data by E mail 196 acoustic specifications 319 adding a new printer to the scanner 4500 230 altitude setting 106 application hangs up 290 ArcGIS 168 assembling the printer 4000 11 assembling the printer 4500 45 AutoCAD 168 B basket stacking problems 257 bin stacking problems 256 black point compensation 154 blank page 272 blurred lines 266 buzzer on off 106 C calibration color 154 paper advance 215 CALS G4 151 cannot load paper 4000 cannot load paper 4500 carriage lubrication 203 CD saving scanned files on 4500 231 cleaning the input rollers 200 cleaning the platen 200 cleaning the printer 200 clipped image 272 color accuracy between printers 268 in general 267 236 237 ENWW PANTONE 267 color calibration 154 color emulation mode about 298 selecting 155 communication problem
40. Printer series and 4500mfp such as cleaning and preventive maintenance services including parts contained in any preventive maintenance kit and HP service engineer visits are not covered by HP s Limited Warranty but in some countries may be covered under a separate support contract 5 YOU SHOULD MAKE PERIODIC BACKUP COPIES OF THE DATA STORED ON THE PRINTER S HARD DISK OR OTHER STORAGE DEVICES AS A PRECAUTION AGAINST POSSIBLE FAILURES ALTERATION OR LOSS OF THE DATA BEFORE RETURNING ANY UNIT FOR SERVICE BE SURE TO BACK UP DATA AND REMOVE ANY CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY OR PERSONAL INFORMATION HP IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF ANY FILES STORED BY YOU ON THE PRINTER S HARD DISK OR OTHER STORAGE DEVICES HP IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RECOVERY OF LOST FILES OR DATA 6 For HP printer products the use of a refilled or non original HP consumable product ink printhead or ink cartridge does not affect either HP s Limited Warranty to you or any HP support contract with you However if printer failure or damage is attributable to the use of a 332 Chapter32 Legal information ENWW non HP or refilled ink cartridge HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to service the printer for the particular failure or damage 7 Your exclusive remedies for defective HP products are the following a During the Limited Warranty Period HP will replace any defective HP software media or consumable product which is covered
41. Q 2 O 2 O Q Q H If you have to use such files try to ensure that the EPS PDF or grayscale images are already in the same color space that you intend to use later on in Adobe InDesign or QuarkXPress For instance if your final goal is to print the job in a press that follows the SWOP standard at the time of creating the EPS PDF or grayscale you should convert the image into SWOP PANTONE color accuracy Spot colors are special premixed inks to be used directly in the press and the best known spot colors are PANTONE colors If you have the PostScript model your printer provides a facility called Automatic PANTONE Calibration which can easily match most of the PANTONE Solid Coated spot colors When an application sends a PANTONE color to print it sends the PANTONE name together with its own estimate of equivalent CMYK values The Automatic PANTONE Calibration facility recognizes the PANTONE name and converts it to CMYK in a way that depends on the printer model and the selected paper type enabling the color to be rendered with greater precision than is possible with the generic CMYK values sent by the application Even when using Automatic PANTONE Calibration you cannot expect the printer to match the PANTONE colors exactly Your printer is certified by Pantone for some papers but this does not mean that it can reproduce 100 of the PANTONE colors ENWW Lines are slightly warped 26 7 Using Automatic PANTON
42. The color cartridges supplied with the printer have a capacity of 225 cm and the black cartridge has a capacity of 400 cm It is also possible to buy and use color cartridges with a capacity of 400 cm and black cartridges with a capacity of 775 cm ynoqe ow jj L N lt N n 1 a O 3 O a yu E NOTE The 225 cm and 400 cm cartridges are physically the same size only the internal capacity varies The 775 cm black cartridge is longer Ink cartridges require no maintenance or cleaning As long as each ink cartridge is inserted correctly into its slot the ink will flow to the printheads Because the printheads control the amount of ink transferred to the page you will continue to see high quality printing results even when the ink levels are getting low Replacing ink cartridges You can highlight the D icon at any time to check the ink levels of all the ink cartridges as illustrated below Ready for paper The front panel warns you when a cartridge s ink level is low When a cartridge is empty the printer stops printing and the front panel explains why 304 Chapter26 Tell me about ink system topics ENWW ink You are recommended to replace the empty cartridge with a new HP cartridge see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge Although it is possible to use refilled or non HP ink cartridges either choice has several serious disadvantages V O Q O ur
43. Windows e Uninstall the printer driver Windows e Connect to a network Mac OS X e Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 e Connect directly to a computer Mac OS X e Connect directly to a computer Mac OS 9 4000 e Uninstall the printer driver Mac OS 9 4000 software V 2 Q e ur Q a lt b ra Oo gt I ENWW 89 Choose which connection method to use The following methods can be used to connect your printer Connection type Fast Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet optional accessory Jetdirect print server optional accessory Speed Cable length Fast varies according to Long 100 m 328 ft network traffic Very fast varies according Long 100 m 328 ft to network traffic Moderate varies according Long 100 m 328 ft to network traffic Other factors Requires extra equipment switches Requires extra equipment switches Requires extra equipment switches Useful for wireless or AppleTalk connection and for Novell printing Short 4 5 m 15 ft FireWire IEEE 1394 Very fast USB 2 0 optional accessory Very fast Short 5 m 16 ft EA NOTE The speed of any network connection depends on all components used in the network which may include network interface cards hubs routers switches and cables If any one of these components is not capable of high speed operation you will find that you have a low speed connection The speed of your n
44. aad ari adelante 132 Pronuzing a JOO ING GUEURE cen duatoueausiadolateds 132 Deleting a OD from the QUEUS iisi aa ewe ee 132 Making copies of a job in the QUCUE cceecccecseeceeceeeeeeseeeeesaeeeesseeeeesaeeeeeeaaueeesaneeesaanees 132 understanding JOD StatUS ekinera a a E nau ent aeaniila sien alatea 133 Nest jobs to Save roll DAPES cece cece eccceeceeeceeeeceeceeeceuecsaeecaeeseaeesuessaeesaueeeaeeseeesueeseeeceeessaessaensaees 134 When does the printer try to nest PAGES cccccssssecceeeseecceesseeeceeeeecseuseeeseaneesseaeeeeseeaes 134 Which pages can be MESTCG 2 tusiwssstownswensistnaiticusednanyieseuasslessdeSaemwyadacby nina ads antdacverstnaucst ane 134 Which pages qualify for N StING cccccseecccceeeeccescecceseeeceueeeceueeeeeusecssaaeessaeesseueessaeeees 134 How long does the printer wait for another file cc cceccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeees 135 8 How do l stacker topics 4500 NEV SVAN TNS SACK Cre cect heck sch tte chie eg ook bats clit cee oat uti cle acini tema adie dae a aoa aati ead aan 138 Uninstall the SlACK CL arcs seine asec ie cect eas ce areata ot tne fe ae etna elcid ok laa tai cata aioe 138 Change the temperature ss riss naina a aaa a aa a a 139 Change paper rolls while using the StACKEL ccccecccssseeceeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeesseeeeeseeeeeseeeeesaeeeeseaeeeesaaeeeeas 139 Clean the exterior of the StACKe ccsccci dessdas he heees she seaate
45. and spare boxes Then lower it onto the floor 5 Lower the roll module box onto the consumables and spare boxes Lower the roll module box onto the floor Then remove the consumables and spare boxes A E Q i N ox O p z 2 lt o Or oO 6 Remove all eight plastic handles from both sides of the box os 2 5 3 gt ag S ie Ee j se DCS j 1 ee Sj Er a a m o n SS 48 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 8 Remove the two packing pieces Assemble the stand 1 Remove the first tray containing the parts for the bin 2 Remove the second tray from the stand and bin assembly box This tray contains the stand legs S j Te Qs cs TA 2 o Q _ O ot oD To gt eT Ln N 3 From the tray remove the two boxes marked with L and R Place them on the floor as shown ENWW Assemble the stand 49 4 Lower the cross brace onto the L and R boxes 5 You now need to identify which is the left and right side of the cross brace On the left side 1 you will see two holes as shown on the right side 2 you will see one hole 6 You will need the bag of screws and the screwdriver provided You may notice that the screwdriver is slightly magnetic LOP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 a lt r O O T QI S 7 Identify the left leg A as shown below Remove the two leg covers from
46. ar O O lt T O1 Jauueds b If you would like to change the settings of these options or create a new option press the Tool button S c Select a type of original template that best describes your current input 5 Select the input size a Press the Input size button in the Copy tab Input Size b If you would like to change the settings of these options or create a new option press the Tool button LS Select from the list the size that fits your original Auto detection of width and length can also be selected 222 Chapter16 How do l Scanner topics 4500 ENWW 6 Select the output size a Press the Output size button in the Copy tab Output Size x scanner O S V 2 Q O _ Oo gt I b If you would like to change the settings of these options or create a new option press the Tool button c Select from the list the size that you want for your output copy If you have selected an output size that differs from the input size the scanner will calculate the scaling percentage and display it on the Scale button in the Copy tab after the first preview Alternatively you can select a scaling percentage yourself by pressing the button 7 Set the number of copies a Press the Copies option if you want to make more than one copy of the loaded document b Enter the number of copies in the edit field This option allows you to leave
47. are a regular user of different paper types you can change rolls more quickly if you pre load rolls of different paper types on different spindles Extra spindles are available for purchase Load a roll into the printer 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only To start this procedure you need to have a roll loaded on the spindle See Load a roll onto the spindle 4000 At the printer s front panel select the A icon then Paper load gt Load roll Faper load Load roll e Load sheet e Learn how to load spindle change roll paper type m Change sheet paper type 2 The front panel displays a list of paper types M Plain Paper OMax Speed Plain Paper i O Bond Paper O Maxs Speed Bond Paper O Bright White OMaxs Speed Bright White 1 nated Paner 3 Select the paper type you are using If it is not clear which you should select see Supported paper types 4 Wait until the front panel prompts you to open the window 110 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 5 Lift the paper load lever 6 7 Carefully insert the leading edge of the roll above the black roller AN WARNING Take care not to touch the rubber wheels on the platen while loading paper they may rotate and trap skin hair or clothing WARNING Take care not to push your fingers inside the printer s paper path It is not designed to accommodate fingers and the results may be painful
48. case you may need to consider adding more memory to your printer If you are using the Windows HP GL 2 driver you can often solve printer memory problems by selecting the Advanced tab then Document options then Printer features then Print job as raster E NOTE Ifyou select this option the time needed to process the job in your computer may be considerably longer An AutoCAD 2000 memory allocation error After installing the printer driver when you try to print for the first time from AutoCAD 2000 you may see a message saying Memory allocation error after which your image is not printed This is due to a problem in AutoCAD 2000 and it can be fixed by downloading the Plotting Update Patch plotupdate exe from the Autodesk Web site http www autodesk com m O O 2 This patch is also worth trying if you have any other strange problems when printing from AutoCAD 2000 JQU O s Wajqoid au The platen rollers squeak It may occasionally be necessary to oil the rollers The Maintenance Kit which came with your printer contains a bottle of suitable oil 1 Turn off the printer using the Power key on the front panel 2 Open the window 292 Chapter23 The problem is other topics ENWW 3 There are small holes in the platen beside some of the rollers Using the bottle of oil supplied with the Maintenance Kit insert the pointed end of the bottle into each hole in turn and put three drops of oil into e
49. change the temperature of the roller select the a icon on the printer s front panel then Accessories gt Stacker gt Select temperature level There are three options e Normal is the default and recommended setting e High sets the roller to a higher temperature which may be useful for particularly stiff paper e Low sets the roller to a lower temperature which may be useful for paper with a particularly sensitive coating Change paper rolls while using the stacker 1 Remove the stack of cut paper from the stacker in order to make the stacker easier to handle 2 Detach the stacker from the printer first one side then the other 3 Change the rolls in the normal way see Unload a roll from the printer 4500 and Load a roll into the printer 4500 Clean the exterior of the stacker See Clean the exterior of the printer Clean the stacker rollers WARNING The stacker becomes hot during use Before cleaning switch it off and give it time to cool Ink tends to stick to the main stacker roller and the small output rollers which should therefore be cleaned regularly using a fabric cloth dampened with water The frequency with which cleaning is needed depends to some extent on the paper type in use e For plain coated or heavyweight coated paper once a month may be sufficient e For translucent vellum glossy or natural tracing paper cleaning may be required once a week even with the slowest print modes ENWW Chan
50. clicking on the link provided by your printer s Embedded Web Server See Access the Embedded Web Server 6u1 6 To be able to use HP Instant Support e You must have a TCP IP connection to your printer because HP Instant Support is accessible only through the Embedded Web Server e You must have access to the World Wide Web because HP Instant Support is a Web based service HP Instant Support is currently available in English Korean Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese HP Customer Care As your strategic support partner we make it our business to help keep your business running smoothly HP Customer Care offers award winning support to ensure you get the most from your HP Designjet HP Customer Care provides comprehensive proven support expertise and leverages new technologies to give customers unique end to end support Services include setup and installation troubleshooting tools warranty upgrades repair and exchange services phone and Web support software updates and self maintenance services To find out more about HP Customer Care please visit us at http www hp com go designjet or call the phone number in the Customer Service Guide provided with your printer What to do before you call e Review the The problem is troubleshooting suggestions in this guide e Review the relevant driver documentation supplied with this printer for users sending PostScript files or those using Microsoft Wind
51. color accuracy Color matching between different HP Designjets ENWW 259 gt D xo O D a Ke c D paris lt a O O O 2 yud General advice When you have any print quality problem To achieve the best performance from your printer use only genuine manufacturer s supplies and accessories whose reliability and performance have been thoroughly tested to give trouble free performance and best quality prints For details of recommended papers see Supported paper types Make sure that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type loaded into the printer To check this highlight the T or L icon on the front panel Bear in mind that roll paper will generally give better print quality than a single sheet of the same kind of paper When you are using single sheets of paper we strongly recommend that you always set the print quality to Best Check that you are using the most appropriate print quality settings for your purposes see Choose print quality settings You are most likely to see print quality problems if you have set the print quality to Fast To maintain the best print quality at the expense of speed change the Printhead monitoring setting to Intensive See Manage printhead monitoring Check that your environmental conditions temperature humidity are suitable for high quality printing See Environmental specifications Banding horizontal lines across
52. ease hese arsine isles Gi ala atte cee a a 308 Tey NEN Sh CUM ss estat a etree etnias itech EN 310 Using paper with the stacker 4500 cccccssccssecececeeeceeceececseecaeeceueceeecseessueeeaeesaeesaeeseanseseesaees 310 X ENWW 28 Tell me about multiroll topics 4500 THE USES OF al matro PIME soso s28s ctee hs Saaren ae acts E eee ate nba Se ee a ea 312 How the printer allocates jobs tO paper LOllS cece ccceececeeeceeeeee cess eeseeeeseeeseeeeseeseeeeseeeseeeseeeseeees 312 FROM SWIEGINING POIG oara a a E N tel Neacady ates 313 Unattended DUNUNG erresa ar E aa a a aaa 313 29 Tell me about printer specifications topics PUNCHONal SOSCIICANONS arrie E E A ER 316 PAYSICAl SPCCIICALONS enori a a A detain se cashes ieee aseanenecioates 317 MeMONY S Pe CHIGALIONS siririna neniani aaa aE era ainiaan bay eaa einan as iE TTEA 318 Power specications aeoea E E E ee ee 318 ECOlOGICalSSCIN CALI seve stead a cictsdsecrtatsonans a a 318 Environmental specifications ccscenststecd cetiad as eee ee ee ed ee eee 318 PICOUSUIG SOEGIN CANONS coos seas eccnsance tc decc conncca see cosadenawetecuamanaaudcosteaeciaes a 319 30 Tell me about ordering supplies and accessories topics ONGETING THK SUPONCS 2a cees tesa cei a a E a sacs sae e E EE a seats cosas eeteseeh a 322 OQrdenng Da DSP siasa a jacana imate eae ine hese hence A nncdetoee wien tetas 322 Ordening accesses sancuc unt seb ius d a siahlamw ison Oden taanencebuconad
53. ee cine tre rere eect aetna tg eee a 102 BS OS CM og cee a grea T S anak Aue gales seaedaas tease leueseaiea eer ages 102 Change the language of the front Panell cccccceeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeaeeeeeseeeesseeeeeseeeeseeeesaeeeeeeeas 103 Access the Embedded Web SeIvVel ivcaiciacecindececns hth oSdanoseSascagdends nat eee tsbsbewowad gees mele nee adoaeSeaeons 103 Using IP over FireWire with Mac OS X 10 3 and latelr ccc ceccccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeaes 104 Change the language of the Embedded Web Servel cccccccseeeeeseeeecaeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeeaeeeeseeeeeeaaeeeees 104 Password protect the Embedded Web Servel cccccscccceccceececeeeeceneeceeeecsucessueeesaeeeseeeeseeesseeesaaes 105 Request E mail notification of Specific error CONCITIONS ccccccccceeceeeeeeeeececeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeesaeeeeaes 105 GE THe date ANG TNC sietctcidane Ca esbes a ew a a a eden sated suaea latent leu EE sac 105 Change the sleep mode Setting ccccccsssececcessseecceessecceeseecceeeceescegeeeecegeeecseseeessuaesessageeeesssnseeeenes 106 WORM OTF the DUZZ os5 ics ieee sda a enue canes eae ere Oo tue eau lanai 106 Change the front panel COntrAST cccccccescecceseeecesceceeseeseeseeceeuseecsageessaueecseueeeseeeessaeeeeseeeessegeeesas 106 Change the Units of MeasSurementacxsciecdeewstlelceceeae laters a a acd and ea decea Pees 106 Adiust TOR AUG amsaa a a a a a a 106 6 How do l paper to
54. enables them to recover from problems go to the printer s front panel and select the 56 icon then Printhead management gt Recover printheads Cleaning takes about two to four minutes Printhead management Recover printheads Align printheads Calibrate color Replace printheads Clean a printhead s electrical connections In some extreme cases it is possible that the printer will not recognize a printhead after it has been installed This is due to the build up of ink deposits on the electrical connections between the printhead and the printhead carriage Under these circumstances you are recommended to clean the printhead s electrical connections Routine cleaning of the connections when there are no apparent problems is not recommended Included with your printer in the Maintenance Kit box is a carriage interconnect wiper This should be used for cleaning the electrical interconnects of both the printhead carriage and the printhead which should be done if the front panel persistently displays the Reseat or Replace message next to the printhead 1 Remove anew pre moistened replacement sponge from its pouch 4 A supply of sponges is included in the box with the wiper If all sponges have been used more can be obtained by contacting your customer service representative 184 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 2 Open the carriage interconnect wiper _ a gt ra c topic
55. for drawings text or Optimize for images gt Select Pattern gt Factory Default Overview of the calibration process e The calibration process in detail After calibration Overview of the calibration process ENWW 1 Use the front panel to print a colored pattern stored in the printer seven times each time with a different paper advance setting 2 Decide which pattern has been printed most successfully 3 Use the front panel to tell the printer which pattern was best and therefore which paper advance setting to use in future A NOTE There are separate paper advance settings for each paper type name in the front panel each must be calibrated separately When you calibrate a particular paper type the settings for all other paper types are unaffected Overview of the calibration process 215 paper c _ ro j aa 2 Oo Me SO O gt m ig o NOTE There are separate paper advance settings for Optimized for drawings text and Optimized for images each must be calibrated separately NOTE Papers from different manufacturers may require different paper advance settings even if they are of the same type therefore the calibration will be useful only for the particular paper you calibrated Remember that when you perform the calibration you will overwrite any previous paper advance settings for this paper type The calibration process in detail Step 1 Load the printer with the
56. in Composite Output in the Preferences dialog box Printer settings Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you intend to use Get accurate colors from Autodesk AutoCAD AutoCAD has no color management settings so the best you can do is to configure the driver correctly If you are using the HP GL 2 and RTL driver click the Properties button and configure the driver as follows e Inthe Paper Quality tab set Print Quality to Best e Inthe Color tab ensure that the Print In Grayscale box is unchecked and set Color Matching Method to sRGB Get accurate colors from Microsoft Office 2003 Microsoft Office has no color management settings so the best you can do is to configure the driver correctly If you are using the HP GL 2 and RTL driver click the Properties button and configure the driver as follows e Inthe Paper Quality tab set Print Quality to Best e Inthe Color tab ensure that the Print In Grayscale box is unchecked and set Color Management to sRGB Get accurate colors from ESRI ArcGIS 9 ArcGIS is a scalable system of software for geographic data creation management integration analysis and dissemination for every organization from an individual to a globally distributed network of people Op MOH The application always sends RGB data to the printer driver you can choose between several different printer engines The printer engine determines the format and metho
57. installing 41 graininess 262 graphic languages 317 guarantee 332 H hard disk specification 318 HP Customer Care 328 HP Designjet Online 329 Index 343 HP Instant Support 328 HP GL 2 151 l image diagnostics print 208 image problems blank page 272 clipped image 272 distorted print 273 missing objects 274 overlapping images 273 partial print 272 PDF problems 274 pen settings ineffective 274 small image 273 unexpected mirror image 273 unexpected rotation 273 unintelligible print 273 Visio 2003 274 InDesign 163 ink cartridge about 304 cannot insert 276 cannot remove 276 getting information 193 inserting 177 maintenance 204 non HP 304 not accepted 276 ordering 322 refilling 304 removing 174 specification 316 ink system status 192 ink system tips 306 Instant Support 328 internal prints 300 J Jetdirect print server 4000 installing 43 job status 133 JPEG 151 L landscape orientation 147 language 103 lights at rear 300 loading a sheet 4000 114 loading paper problems 4000 236 loading paper problems 4500 237 loading roll into printer 4000 110 344 Index loading roll into printer 4500 120 loading roll onto spindle 4000 108 loading roll onto spindle 4500 118 lubricating the carriage 203 lubricating the platen rollers 292 M maintenance 301 manual cutter 4500 125 margins changing 146 none 146 none added 147 specification 317 maximum speed 145 mechanical accuracy 317 me
58. laws or regulations U S Government Restricted Rights The Software and any accompanying documentation have been developed entirely at private expense They are delivered and licensed as commercial computer software as defined in DFARS 252 227 7013 Oct 1988 DFARS 252 211 7015 May 1991 or DFARS 252 227 7014 Jun 1995 as a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 a or as Restricted computer software as defined in FAR 52 227 19 Jun 1987 or any equivalent agency regulation or contract clause whichever is applicable You have only those rights provided for such ENWW Hewlett Packard Software License Agreement 335 Software and any accompanying documentation by the applicable FAR or DFARS clause or the HP standard software agreement for the product involved Open Source Software The Open Source Software is composed of individual software components each of which has its own copyright and its own applicable license conditions You must review the licenses within the individual packages to understand your rights under them The licenses can be found in the folder called licenses on the Drivers and Documentation CD that came with your printer Copyrights to the Open Source Software are held by the copyright holders Open source acknowledgments e This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org e The source code object code and documentation in the com oreilly serviet package is l
59. m 10 ft of paper before starting the printhead alignment process This is normal behavior and you should not try to interrupt or prevent it See Align the printheads V 2 Q e _ The paper moves while the printer is in standby mode 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only S Q Q w Y 2 O S Q o H While the printer is in standby mode it may briefly come to life and move the paper slightly from time to time in order to maintain the paper in the best possible condition This is done only with certain specific paper types film glossy paper and heavyweight coated paper The printer unloads or trims the paper after a long period of disuse 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The printer may automatically unload or trim a roll if it has not been used for several days in order to maintain the paper in the best possible condition This is done only with certain specific paper types glossy and heavyweight coated paper The printer unloads the paper while switched off 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only While the printer is switched off at the front panel it may automatically unload a roll in order to maintain the paper in the best possible condition This is done only with certain specific paper types film glossy paper and heavyweight coated paper The printer
60. media profiles printer How do l _ o 2 Q O _ Q S S G _ ao ENWW Update my printer s firmware 205 L Op MOH 3 D na D D O P O oS O D w J zunud 206 Chapter 13 How do l printer maintenance topics ENWW 14 How dol Image Diagnostics Print topics e Print the Image Diagnostics Print e Respond to the Image Diagnostics Print e Interpret Image Diagnostics part 1 e Interpret Image Diagnostics part 2 e Interpret Image Diagnostics part 3 e IfI still have a problem Image How do l 2 Q O _ T aH S o O C e amp CQ ENWW 207 OP MOH Hewj g Q Q m O 7 ct O 7 U r a O G Print the Image Diagnostics Print The Image Diagnostics Print consists of patterns designed to highlight print quality problems It helps you to check whether you have a print quality problem and if you have what the cause of the problem is and how to resolve it Before using the Image Diagnostics Print check that you have been using appropriate print quality settings see Choose print quality settings To print the Image Diagnostics Print 1 Ensure that you have paper of at least A3 size 29 7 x 42 cm 11 7 x 16 5 in loaded into the printer Use the same paper type that you were using when you detected a problem 2 Ensure that the front panel h
61. off the power switch at the rear To switch it back on later use the power switch at the rear and then the Power key When the printer is switched on it will take some time to initialize itself This time is about three minutes for the HP Designjet 4000 series and about three and a half minutes for the Designjet 4500 series Restart In some circumstances you may be advised to restart the printer Please proceed as follows 1 Press the Power key on the front panel to switch the printer off wait a few moments then press the Power key again This should cause the printer to restart if not continue with step 2 2 Use the Reset key on the front panel You will need an implement with a narrow tip to operate the Reset key This normally has the same effect as step 1 above but may work if step 1 does not 3 If neither of the above steps seem to have any effect you should switch off the printer using the power switch at the rear of the printer 102 Chapter5 How do l printer operation topics ENWW Remove the power cord from the power socket Wait for 10 seconds Insert the power cord into the power socket and switch on the printer using the power switch Ss oO gt Check that the Power light on the front panel comes on If it does not use the Power key to switch the printer on Change the language of the front panel There are two possible ways to change the language of the front panel menus and messages
62. oo mo 3 e Control and manage all aspects of your print jobs see Manage the print queue e View the status of the ink cartridges the printheads the printhead cleaners and the paper see Check the status of the ink system e View statistics on ink and paper usage see Check printer usage Statistics e Request E mail notification when specified warning or error conditions occur such as low ink level see Request E mail notification of specific error conditions e Update the printer s firmware see Update my printer s firmware e Change various printer settings on the Device Setup page e Seta password to restrict Web access to the printer see Password protect the Embedded Web Server ENWW 295 Inoqe OW IIL Ti 3 o Q Q n 2 D o wm D lt a 296 Chapter 24 Tell me about Embedded Web Server topics ENWW 29 ENWW Tell me about printer topics e Color emulation modes Connecting the printer e The printer s rear lights e The printer s internal prints e Preventive maintenance 297 printer PE O Q o o O H A 2 Q O dea Color emulation modes Your printer can emulate the color behavior of other devices RGB devices such as monitors and CMYK devices such as presses and printers See Select the color emulation mode If you have problems making your printer emulate another HP Designjet printer seeColor matching between different
63. paper loading process see The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4000 11 Make sure the paper is aligned with the blue line and half circle on the platen 38 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 13 You should see the front panel message below Wind excess paper onto roll Close window to continue 14 15 y i at S i TERT i o ame 16 The printer will adjust the paper by winding it back and forth after which you can expect the front panel message below Loading roll Wind any excess paper onto roll to ensure image quality when printing Press to continue 17 Using the stops carefully wind the excess paper back onto the spindle 18 The printer will automatically perform printhead alignment and a color calibration for the paper type that you have loaded During this process the printer will advance the paper by up to 3 m 10 ft before printing Please do not try to stop the paper advance it is necessary to ensure a successful printhead alignment The whole alignment and calibration process will take about twenty minutes while it is going on you can start connecting the printer See Connect the printer ENWW Load the paper into the printer 39 printer How do l z O O Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 Connect the printer 1 Your printer can be connected to a computer directly or to one or more computers via a network T o 2 a 1 P
64. press the Select key No paper loaded Press to enter Paper menu Load a roll of paper onto the spindle 1 Lower the spindle lever OP MOH J zunud Q N D a lt r O O O E S 2 Remove the right hand end of the spindle 1 from the printer then move it to the right in order to extract the other end 2 Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process 3 Remove the blue paper stop 1 from the left hand end of the spindle Keep the spindle horizontal 34 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 4 Slide the roll of paper that came with your printer onto the spindle Make sure the paper is oriented exactly as shown A NOTE There is also a label on the spindle showing the correct orientation 027 027 5 Putthe blue paper stop onto the spindle and push it on as far as it will go without using excessive force printer How do l Sw mn Oo Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 7 With the blue paper stop on the left slide the spindle into the printer The spindle lever will drop down automatically as you insert the spindle ENWW Load a roll of paper onto the spindle 35 8 When you meet resistance lift the spindle lever to seat the spindle properly SS awh 9 The spindle lever will be in the horizontal position when the spindle has been correctly inserted OP MOH
65. preventing blocking shadows when the black point of the source space is darker than that of the destination space This option is allowed only when the relative colorimetric rendering intent is selected see Set the rendering intent LOP MOH Black point compensation can be specified in the following ways e Using a Windows PostScript printer driver select the Color tab then Black point compensation e Using a Mac OS printer driver select the Color Options panel then Black point compensation 2A O e O O L 154 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Submit Job page then Black point compensation Using the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Color options gt Black point compensation Set the rendering intent Rendering intent is one of the settings used when doing a color transformation As you probably know some of the colors you want to print may not be reproducible by the printer The rendering intent allows you to select one of four different ways of handling these so called out of gamut colors e Saturation graphics best used for presentation graphics charts or images made up of bright saturated colors e Perceptual images best used for photographs or images in which colors blend together It tries to preserve the overall color appearance e Relative colorimetric proofing best used when you want to
66. print queue Preview scans the document to preview the image and select the area of interest Reset resets settings to default values Stop cancels the current activity Copy Scan or Print depending on the selected tab Scanner software 4500 9 Cc O prar S ce O P a O Q c T r O 10 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 printer EA NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only Get started n Unpack the printer ake ae 0 RE Sw mn Oo Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 e Assemble the stand e Attach the stand e Remove packaging materials e Assemble the bin e Switch on for the first time e Install ink cartridges e Remove the setup printheads e Install the printheads e Install the printhead cleaners e Load a roll of paper onto the spindle e Load the paper into the printer e Connect the printer o Install accessories ENWW 11 Get started The following topics describe how to assemble your new printer also described in the Setup instructions Because some of the components of the printer are bulky you may need up to four people to lift them You will also need at least 3 x 5 m 10 x 16 ft of empty floor space and about two hours The symbols on the boxes identify the contents Refer to the table below Symbol on box Contents of box N A
67. printer stand 2 Lay one end frame on the floor Hold one cross frame vertically with the angled part located at the top of the end frame The cross frame must be fixed onto the inside of the shortest leg of the end frame printer How do l f Te 5 O 2 Q O _ D Ko Q p p 49 3 Fix the cross frame to the end frame using two screws ENWW Assemble the bin 85 4 Turn the bin assembly into a horizontal position Attach the short leg of the second end frame to the cross frame using two screws ANN N manny 5 Attach the second cross frame to the bin assembly using four screws A NOTE This cross frame is mounted on the outside of the end frames LOP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 a lt r O O T QI S 86 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 7 Attach the other end of the loop to the cross frame 8 Using the same method attach the other five loops 9 Locate the bin against the printer printer How do l Ke z O 2 Q O _ D Ko Q p p 49 ENWW Assemble the bin 87 LOP MOH J zunud o T O D 3 T lt er O o L T O S 88 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 4 How do l software setup topics o Choose which connection method to use e Connect to a network Windows e Connect directly to a computer
68. pull the blue handle down ENWW Install ink cartridges 27 6 Slide the ink cartridge drawer out 7 Place the ink cartridge onto the ink cartridge drawer A NOTE There are marks on the drawer showing the correct location Op MOH J zunud Q N N D a lt r O O O E S If you have difficulty see cannot insert an ink cartridge 10 Install the other three ink cartridges in the same way 28 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 11 Close the ink cartridge door push it until it clicks shut 12 Wait about a minute until you see this front panel message Open window to access print heads or press to quit printer How do l z O O Q O lt gt Q Q p p 49 Remove the setup printheads 1 Open the printer window ENWW Remove the setup printheads 29 4 Lift up the cover This will give you access to the setup printheads 5 Before removing the setup printheads look at the window on top of each one and check that the printhead contains ink If it does not contact your customer service representative OP MOH J zunud Q N D a lt r O O O E S 8 Lift the setup printhead until it is released from the carriage Then remove the other setup printheads 30 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW Install the printheads 1
69. repeat the above process 15 When all pen definitions are correct press Back to exit the menus A NOTE The palette you have just defined will take effect only when you select it to be the current palette If you do not get the results you expect see Pen settings seem to have no effect Change the treatment of overlapping lines The Merge setting controls the overlapping lines in an image There are two settings Off and On e If Merge is Off where the lines cross only the color of the top line is printed e If Merge is On where the lines cross the colors of the two lines are merged To turn Merge on select the M icon then Default printing options gt HP GL 2 options gt Enable merge You can set the merge setting from your software in some applications Settings in your software override the front panel settings HP GL 2 options gt Select palette El Define palette Enable merge e Black ink only gray 199 Es NOTE Merge settings have no effect on PostScript files image Change the graphic language setting Unless you are troubleshooting one of the problems mentioned below you should not need to change the default setting Automatic and you are not recommended to do so because setting a specific graphic language means that you will be able to print only files in that language V 2 Q e _ _ G _ N xe 14 o gt I To change the graphic langua
70. stacker attach it to the printer then switch it on again Stacker full of media Remove the accumulated pile of paper from the stacker Stacker paper jam Remove the accumulated pile of paper from the stacker Turn it off and then on again lf your printer front panel is displaying an error code which is not in the list above try the following restart the printer See Restart and or check to make sure you have the latest firmware and driver versions see Update my printer s firmware If the problem persists contact your customer service representative A printhead monitoring message This is not an error message The message is displayed whenever the Printhead monitoring option is set to Intensive If you change the setting to Optimized the message will not appear See Manage printhead monitoring gt D ae O S D E nO mr D a A printheads are limiting performance message This message appears on the front panel during printing when the printer has detected that one or more printheads are not performing optimally and so it needs to make extra passes to maintain print quality To eliminate this message choose one of the following e Selecta higher print quality see Change the print quality e Clean the printheads see Recover clean the printheads e Use the Image Diagnostics Print to identify which printhead is causing the problem see How do Image Diagnostics Print to
71. take care when choosing the IP address and the subnet mask that you select values that will not create conflicts with the current network devices It is recommended that you get these values from your network administrator 6 At the end of the installation you will have drivers configured to work with your printer and your printer will have a valid IP address You can see this IP address on the front panel when you select the B icon Connect directly to a computer Windows You can connect your printer directly to a computer without going through a network by using the printer s built in FireWire IEEE 1394 socket supported under Windows 2000 XP and 2003 Server or the optional USB 2 0 socket Supported under Windows 98 SE Me 2000 XP and 2003 Server 1 Do not connect the computer to the printer yet You must first install the printer driver software on the computer as follows 2 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your CD drive If the CD does not autorun run the START EXE program in the root folder of the CD 3 Click the Install button 4 Follow the instructions on your screen to set up the printer The following notes will help you to understand the screens and make appropriate choices e When asked how the printer is connected choose Connected directly to this computer e When prompted to do so connect your computer to the printer using a FireWire or USB cable Ensure that the printer is switched on
72. the Orientation section of the Finishing tab e Using the PostScript printer driver for Mac OS select Page Setup from the File menu then go to the Orientation section of the Page Attributes panel e Using the Embedded Web Server go to the Orientation section of the Submit Job page Rotate an image By default images are printed with their shorter sides parallel to the leading edge of the paper like this i OP MOH Q Q t c N r 3 D r r O O e 0 21001 in You may wish to rotate your images by 90 degrees in order to save paper like this 148 Chapter9 How do l image adjustment topics ENWW You can do this in the following ways e Using a Windows printer driver select the Finishing tab then Rotate by 90 degrees e Using a Mac OS printer driver select the Finishing panel then Rotate e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Submit Job page then Rotate Using the front panel select the icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Rotate z NOTE If rotation is set with the printer driver or with the Embedded Web Server it overrides the setting in the front panel NOTE When you rotate a job the page length may be increased to avoid clipping because the top and bottom margins are usually larger than the side margins A CAUTION With either rolls or sheets if you rotate an image to landscape whose original orientation was portrait the paper may not
73. the error number and have it ready e f possible print out the following reports you may be asked to fax them to the support center helping you Configuration Usage Report and all pages above from Service Information see The printer s internal prints HP Designjet Online Enjoy a world of dedicated services and resources to ensure you always get the best performance from your HP Designjet products and solutions Register at HP Designjet Online your large format printing community at http Awww hp com go designjet for unrestricted access to e Downloads the latest printer firmware drivers software media profiles etc e Technical support online troubleshooting customer care contacts and more e Forums for direct contact with the experts both HP and your colleagues e Warranty tracking online for your peace of mind e Technical documentation and training videos e Latest product information printers supplies accessories software etc e Supplies Center for all you need to know about ink and paper By customizing your registration for the products you have purchased and your type of business and by setting your communication preferences you decide the information you need Register at HP Designjet Online for the best performance HP Designjet Online is available in English German French Italian Spanish Portuguese Japanese Korean Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese Other sources of inf
74. the printed iIMAGE cccccceecceecseeeeecaeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeseeaeeesaeeeesseaeeesaess 274 A PDF file is clipped or objects are MISSING cccccsseecccescecceeseeeceueeecceuseeecsaueeecsaeeecssaueeesseeessageees 274 No output when printing from Microsoft Visio 2003 cccceeccceseeceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeecesseeeeeseaeeeseeeeesaeees 274 20 The problem is ink system topics Cannot INSEMM am INK cartridges r a a ei batalla Sanaidwdd a a EE a ai 2 6 The printer will not accept a large black ink CartridGe cccceccccseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeseeeesneenas 276 cannot remove AN INK CALTIAGE ccc cecccceeecceeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeeseueeseeeeseeseseesensoneens 2 6 VGANNOUINISEM a DIINO AG sashes sac dens iets a erate uaa een cca eec sameeren arate hed iat neeaud eda eateabotacte 2 6 cannot insert a printhead ClEANESN lt citesiciesldwierirnted wes Ueecitactnleiedsabeduind acnabeubvectuteseesuadabentane dncbebdawealeeeineee 2 6 The front panel keeps telling me to reseat or replace a printhead cccccccecceseeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeees 276 AN ink cartridge status messadge seniorii a aaa caddis aE a vbvaleues A Ea i aiia 21 1 A pPrinthead status MCSSAGC vice icsncicatesnacatenctaaneiciocaaace E E a a cance 21 1 A printhead cleaner status M SSQGEC ccccsccecsececeececcececeuceneuceseueeseueeseueeseueeteuetecserecuerenseseneseess 277 21 The problem is
75. the system working unattended 8 Start copying The Copy button starts the copy process with the settings you chose You can use the Stop button to cancel the current preview or copy process Press the Reset button Fo to clear your own settings and reset the program to all of the scanner s default values ENWW Copy adocument 223 Scan a document to a file 1 Select the Scan tab and set your scan options type of original size filename etc To set the file format TIFF JPEG press the Settings button to display the Scan Settings dialog LOP MOH ar O O L T O1 Jauueds Options such as margins layout and media profile can be set later in the Setup tab before you print from the file 2 Press the File name button to enter a new name The default filename is the current date and time You can change the destination folder by pressing the File destination button e Use the arrows to find the folder you want in the list e Press the button with three dots to move up to the parent folder e Press a folder name to enter a folder e Create a new folder within the current folder with the New Folder button Click the OK button to return to the Scan tab 3 Press the Scan to file button al to start the scan Print a file Printing your files is set up and controlled through a convenient print list You can set the number of copies you want by defining the number for each file i
76. the working space Convert documents colors to the working space C Discard the embedded profile don t color manage Missing Profile a X AN The RGB document document tif does not have an embedded color profile How do vou want to proceed Leave as is don t color manage Assign profile SRB IEC61966 2 1 T and then convert document to working RGB Cancel 3 Once you have defined the color space in which you are going to work you can if you like make a soft proof which means emulating on the screen how the image will look when printed To do this you will need an ICC profile for your monitor Select View gt Proof Setup gt Custom Use the following information to select options in the Proof Setup window e Profile choose the profile based on the printer model and paper type you intend to use e Preserve Color Numbers this checkbox tells the application how to simulate the document s appearance without converting colors from the Document Space to the Proof Profile Space It simulates the color shifts that may occur when the document s color values are interpreted using the Proof Profile instead of the Document Profile This option is not recommended e Intent this menu allows you to choose a rendering intent for the conversion from document space to simulation space letting you preview the effects of different renderings See Set the rendering intent e Use Black Point Compensation this opti
77. time 128 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 7 How do l print job topics Submit a job with the Embedded Web Server n Save a job print job e Print a saved job mn 2 Q O n Cancel a job e Manage the print queue Oo gt I n Nest jobs to save roll paper ENWW 129 Submit a job with the Embedded Web Server 1 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server 2 Goto the Submit job page ArH ATT a ui Submit job r J MAS M Poa post at Dries hes reais cd Shes fen you ear oo ment el Atel Fea STATUE Ji aml Halip links ner het ae aera ioe be poke ad paren Fe Feet Rais whee perira ikee links dob settings P oe FOF UPATA ri Ay Pap ag LOP MOH soido n xe a t 2 O O 3 Browse your computer and select the file to print E NOTE Submitting a job to be printed via the Embedded Web Server does not require you to have the printer driver nor the file s native application installed on your computer 4 Ifyou want to submit more than one file click the Add files button and select all the files you want E NOTE Ifyou are not using Internet Explorer for Windows you will see the Add another file button which allows you to select additional files one at a time 5 Set the job options If you leave an option set to Default the setting saved in the job will be used If the job contains no setting for th
78. types e Ifthe image you are printing contains intense color try using HP Heavyweight Coated Paper e Use extended margins see Adjust the margins or try to increase the margins by relocating the image within the page using your software application e If necessary try changing to a non paper based material such as transparent film Smears or scratches on the front of glossy paper Glossy paper may be extremely sensitive to the bin or to anything else that it contacts soon after printing This will depend on the amount of ink printed and the environmental conditions at the time of printing Avoid any contact with the paper surface and handle the print with care sil O Hint Leave a sheet of paper in the bin so that freshly printed sheets do not make direct contact with the bin Alternatively you can remove an important print as soon as it emerges from the printer without allowing it to fall into the bin Ink marks on the back of the paper Ink residues on the platen or on the input rollers are likely to mark the back of the paper See Clean the platen and Clean the input rollers Ink marks when the stacker is in use 4500 A NOTE The stacker is available with the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only Try the following suggestions e Clean the stacker roller See Clean the stacker rollers e Check that the paper you re using is compatible with the stacker See Using paper with the stacker 4500 e When printing in
79. unloads the paper when switched on 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only If the printer is switched off using the switch at the rear or by disconnecting the power cable or by a power cut whenever it is switched on again it may automatically unload a roll in order to maintain the paper in the best possible condition This is done only with certain specific paper types film glossy paper and heavyweight coated paper ENWW Prints do not stack properly in the basket 4500 257 CAUTION If you want to turn off the printer you are strongly recommended to use the Power button on the front panel before using the switch at the rear or disconnecting the power cable O O 2 Jaded si wajqoid ay 258 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW 18 The problem is print quality topics e General advice e Banding horizontal lines across the image e Lines are missing or thinner than expected e Solid bands or lines printed over the image e Graininess e The paper is not flat e The print smudges when touched e Ink marks on the paper e A defect near the start of a print e Lines are stepped e Lines are printed double or in wrong colors O 2 Q O r PA oO e Lines are discontinuous o Lines are blurred ink bleeds from lines Lines are slightly warped pran c D Q 2 2 O Son e3 lt H Color accuracy PANTONE
80. usual ink cartridge status display but the refilled or non HP cartridge will be shown as empty with a warning sign Printheads In order to increase printing speed two printheads are connected to each ink cartridge giving eight printheads in total The printheads are extremely durable and do not need to be replaced every time an ink cartridge is replaced They will continue giving excellent results even if the ink cartridges are low in ink ENWW Printheads 305 To maintain optimum print quality the printheads are automatically tested at regular intervals and automatically serviced if necessary This takes a little time and will occasionally delay printing When a printhead eventually needs to be replaced the front panel will tell you so noqe ow jj L A CAUTION Whenever you buy a new printhead you get a new printhead cleaner with it When you replace a printhead always replace the printhead cleaner at the same time Leaving the old printhead cleaner in the printer will shorten the new printhead s life and possibly damage the printer N lt N n 1 a O 3 O a yu Printhead cleaners Each printhead has its own printhead cleaner so there are eight printhead cleaners in the printer Printhead cleaners are used to clean and maintain the printheads to ensure the best possible print quality and to seal the printheads when they are not in use to prevent them from drying out A CAUTION Whenever y
81. v2 for the rest of the world e Color Management Policies select Preserve Embedded Profiles e Rendering Intent see Set the rendering intent e Black Point Compensation this option is recommended if you have chosen the Relative Colorimetric rendering intent See Perform black point compensation Color Settings a X p Settings Custom wr Advanced Mode Working Spaces aaa a a a aa a a a e O Cancel RGB Adobe RGB 1993 ChE Euroscale Coated v2 nd Load Gray Gray amma 2 2 Save Spot Dot tain 20 E W Preview Color Management Policies RB Preserve Embedded Profiles a CMYK Preserve Embedded Profiles i Gray Preserve Embedded Profiles T Profile Mismatches W Ask When pening W Ask when Fasting Missing Profiles IW Ask When Opening Conversion Options Engine Adobe ACE Intent Perceptual T Fi Use Black Point Compensation fw Use Dither 2 bit channel images Advanced Contras lt lt oe Desaturate Monitor Colors By Eo H Blend RGB Colors Using Gamma f1 00 Description 160 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW 2 Open the image Accept the embedded color profile if there is one Embedded Profile Mismatch a X The document erbedded tif has an embedded color profile that does not match the current RGB working space Embedded sRGB IEC61966 2 1 Working Adobe Rab 1998 How do you want to proceed f Use the embedded profile instead of
82. 0 in 1 5 m for sheet and 300 ft 90 m for roll Length Designjet 4500 series 16 5 in 420 mm 575 ft 175 m Table 29 3 Print resolution Print Max Optimized for lines and text Optimized for images quality detail Rendering Printing resolution dpi Rendering Printing resolution dpi resolution dpi resolution dpi Best On 1200x1200 2400x1200 High Gloss 1200x1200 2400x1200 Productivity Photo Paper Canvas Photo Gloss High Gloss Photo Paper Canvas 1200x1200 other papers 1200x1200 other papers a p Off 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss O 3 Photo Paper Canvas Photo Paper Canvas h 7 a 1200x600 other papers 1200x600 other papers O r O Normal On 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss mr Photo Paper Canvas Photo Paper Canvas oS 1200x600 other paper 1200x600 other paper 9 3 types types O 3 v D Off 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss 300x300 1200x1200 Productivity E Photo Paper Canvas Photo Gloss High Gloss Photo Paper Canvas 1200x600 other paper types 1200x600 other paper types Fast On 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss 600x600 1200x1200 High Gloss Photo Paper Photo Paper 1200x600 other paper 600x600 Max Speed types Bright White Bond Paper 1200x600 other paper types 316 Chapter29 Tell me about printer specifications topics ENWW Table 29 3 Print resolution continued Print
83. 000ps folder on the hard disk 4 Choose the AdobePS driver and the Printer LPR connection Click OK 5 Use the first Change button to select the HP Designjet 4000 PS3 PostScript Printer Description PPD file 6 Use the second Change button to enter the printer s IP address into the Printer Address field Click Verify and then OK 7 Check that your changes appear correctly on the screen then click Create 8 Click Save to save your new printer setup on the desktop Using AppleTalk A NOTE AppleTalk is supported only with the optional Jetdirect print server Before you begin make sure that your printer is switched on and connected to the network To connect your printer using AppleTalk 1 Go to the front panel select the icon and then I O setup gt Jetdirect EIO gt View configuration Note the AppleTalk name of your printer as shown on the front panel You may need it later on 2 Select Chooser from the Apple menu Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 95 software How do l V 2 Q e oa Q J ra 3 Click the Adobe PostScript driver icon AdobersS 4 Inthe AppleTalk Zones list select the Apple Talk zone where your printer is located if it exists Make sure that the AppleTalk protocol is Active 5 The Chooser will check all the printers that are connected by AppleTalk in your zone 6 Select your printer If you have several similar printers you can identify the correc
84. 01 83 y 1x 84 1 01 Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Stacker communication error Check connections Status mismatch Reset stacker Input rollers 1 and 2 need cleaning Press Enter to quit or Cancel to continue Wrong file format The printer cannot process the job Update system software firmware File with password cannot be printed Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Please resubmit the job as the paper type has changed Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Restart the printer If problem persists call HP support Possible paper jam Stacker internal error Reset stacker Possible paper jam An error has been detected during printhead detection Reseat all the printheads see Remove a printhead and Insert a printhead and Restart If the problem persists please contact your customer service representative No communications have been received from the stacker Check that the stacker is switched on and connected to the printer If necessary you can remove the stacker completely and continue printing without it if printing has not started yet or cancel a half printed job and restart If you cancel a half printed job the paper will be cu
85. 3 Press the Advanced button and give the administrator s password 4 Press the Change Language button 5 Select your preferred language You will now have to wait a short time while the system shuts down and restarts The scanner software does not start If your scanner system software does not start up when you turn on the touch screen trying turning it off and then on again If it persistently fails to start up you may need to reinstall the software using the System Recovery DVD that came with your scanner system 1 With the system on insert the System Recovery DVD in the DVD drive 2 Power off the touch screen and then power it on again 3 Follow the instructions on the screen 4 When the software has been reinstalled you will be prompted to remove the DVD and restart the touch screen 5 When the touch screen restarts it will ask you to calibrate the position of the pointer Please do so by touching the targets that will appear three times To obtain a good and consistent calibration you should be standing in your normal position and using whatever pointer you normally use to operate the touch screen your finger or some other object 6 After touching the three targets you will be asked to touch any part of the touch screen If you are happy with the result of the calibration press the Yes button If you are prompted to restart the system press No ENWW The scanner displays a warning message 283 7 The l
86. 3 inch core j gt D xo O D a The trailing edge of the paper curling up Use the Optimize for images setting see Change the print quality _ N er Q 2 a 1 a r O 2 O N A O1 mr The paper is not completely ejected Check for any obstruction in the paper path such as loose objects or other pieces of paper 280 Chapter21 The problem is stacker topics 4500 ENWW 22 ENWW The problem is scanner topics 4500 A NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only If you notice problems with the scanner other than those described below consult the scanner s online guide for further advice e The diagnostics light is flashing e The wait light is flashing e The wait and diagnostics lights are both flashing e The scanner displays a warning message e The scanner software is in the wrong language e The scanner software does not start e The CD or DVD cannot be read by my computer e Amedia profile cannot be generated e The printer puts the job on hold e The printer loads the wrong roll e The margins are too wide e Streaks in the scanned image 281 5 10 HL W me 52 re a Q D ec Z EG O Y d The diagnostics light is flashing The most likely explanation is that the scanning area needs cleaning Perform the routine maintenance procedures explained in your online guide which include cleaning Restart the s
87. A FULL REFUND HP SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS The following terms govern your use of the software integrated into your HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp unless you have a separate agreement with HP Definitions HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp software includes HP software product the Software and Open Source Software components Open Source Software means various open source software components including but not limited to Apache Tomcat MySQL and omniORB licensed under terms of applicable open source license agreements included in the materials relating to such software please see Open Source Software section below O prar S Sem O Gen S O License Grant HP grants you a license to Use one copy of the Software pre installed in the HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp Use means storing loading executing or displaying the Software You may not modify the Software or disable any licensing or control features of the Software Ownership The Software is owned and copyrighted by HP or its third party suppliers Your license confers no title to or ownership in the Software and is not a sale of any rights in the Software HP s third party suppliers may protect their rights in the event of any violation of these License Terms Copies and Adaptations You may only make copies or adaptations of the Software for archival purposes or when copying or a
88. AICM SAN ea a E E a E E 56 Attach TG TOU IMOGUIC snaa A a A A 58 SE UDNE DINE eraa a a a a a a a sada teen hte 62 Connect and switch On the DINE e asesccanaana a 67 Installhe nk CTO CS l aa a E A a themes 69 MVS CO OSORIO Soares tase cree a a a aiase 11 HAStAI ME printhead CIS ANOS toga sheet sen ade Se ree shehecee ade send ies a aa Saeed 14 OG POM Wisse aastate tate tet gas a teat nsdeaeG ul alec E hate ean Mt ccahlaat hs 6 Wo r gt I io Perera ee ete T eg Pre ee ee ee ee Pree ee 81 PXSSEMMOIC INE Diaska Seantaseddanenesedacxcues suuseages sind faunG suns shes iio ea a aaa aea 85 4 How dol software setup topics Choose which Connection method tO USEC cccccecseeeececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeesaeeeeeeeseaeeeesaaeeeesaaaeeeeeaaass 90 Connect TO anetwork VWWIRGOWS sien dcckelnted outhihuderdihcncdedcdiawudabinntoes ia a aa a iaa eaa 90 Automatic IP address CONFIQUIATION ccccceeececeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeseaseesaaeeeeaeeeeseaes 90 Man al IP address configurato sicisecaninna a ahve ede 91 Connect directly to a computer WINGOWS ccccceeeceeceeeeeecaeeeeeeecaeeeeesaaeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeeseaeeeeesaaeeeesanaess 92 Uninstall the printer driver WINGOWS ccccssccccceecececeseeceeeeeceuseeeseaeeecsaueecseaseessaeeeesueeessageesseeneeas 92 Connect to a network Mac OS X cccccccsseccecseeeeeeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeseasseeesseeseesaeaeeeeessaueeesaaeseesaeseeesseaass 92 Manual co
89. Any e Source is Automatically select Predetermined e Roll switching policy Minimize paper waste vi Q Hint You can also save paper in some cases by rotating or nesting your images See Rotate an image and Nest jobs to save roll paper e With identical rolls loaded e Type is Any e Source is Automatically select Predetermined e Roll switching policy Minimize roll changes 312 Chapter28 Tell me about multiroll topics 4500 ENWW Roll switching policy If the printer has two rolls of paper and it receives a job that could be printed on either roll it will normally print on the currently loaded roll because there is no reason to change However if the current roll is much wider than the job requires to print on the current roll will mean some waste of paper If the other roll is narrower but wide enough for the job then paper can be saved by printing the job on the other roll In these circumstances the roll switching policy determines whether the printer changes to the narrower roll or continues to print on the wider roll To set the roll switching policy at the printer s front panel select the a icon then Paper handling options gt Roll switching options There are two options e Minimize paper waste means that in the above circumstances the printer will change to the narrower roll e Minimize roll changes means that in the above circumstances the printer will continue to print on the current
90. C Macintosh or workstation O 2 Printer 3 Server 4 PC Macintosh or workstation A r 1 a 2 Locate the area at the back of the printer where you can connect the printer to your computer or network or install an optional accessory Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O O E S 4 Two FireWire sockets are provided for direct connection to computers One of these sockets can also be used to connect the HP Designjet 4500 Scanner E NOTE A FireWire cable is not provided with the printer Any cable recommended by the 1394 Trade Association may be used 40 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 5 A larger socket is provided to connect an optional accessory A CAUTION Do not attempt to use this socket for any other purpose 6 printer w y How do l z O O Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 Install accessories There are various optional accessories that you can buy and install at any time during the life of your printer The physical installation of each accessory is graphically illustrated on the poster provided with the accessory except in the case of the Jetdirect print server see below Here are some further steps to follow after completing the physical installation process Gigabit Ethernet socket To check that the Gigabit Ethernet socket has been correctly installed go to the front pa
91. C61966 2 1 emulates the characteristics of the average PC monitor This standard space is endorsed by many hardware and software manufacturers and is becoming the default color space for many scanners printers and software applications e ColorMatch RGB emulates the native color space of Radius Pressview monitors This space provides a smaller gamut alternative to Adobe RGB 1998 for print production work e Apple RGB emulates the characteristics of the average Apple monitor and is used by a variety of desktop publishing applications Use this space for files that you plan to display on Apple monitors or for working with old desktop publishing files e Adobe RGB 1998 provides a fairly large gamut of RGB colors Use this space if you need to do print production work with a broad range of colors Connecting the printer Your printer comes with a 100base TX network interface Fast Ethernet for network connections and a FireWire interface for direct connection to your computer printer V 2 Q e _ A USB 2 0 interface 1000base T Gigabit Ethernet network interface or Jetdirect print server may be installed as optional accessories If you are not sure which interface to use see Choose which connection method to use gt O 2 Ls v O H ENWW Connecting the printer 299 To find the sockets for these interfaces on your printer see Connect the printer 4000 series or Connect and switch on the printer
92. Designjet 4500 Printer series HP Q a O Product options All conforms to the following product specifications Safety IEC 60950 1 2001 EN 60950 1 2001 EMC CISPR 22 1993 A1 95 A2 96 EN 55022 1994 A1 95 A2 97 Class A EN 55024 1998 A1 2001 A2 2003 EN 61000 3 2 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 2001 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A Additional information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and carries the CE marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with HP Personal Computer systems and peripherals 2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause harmful interference e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 The product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspect of the design The Regulatory Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports this number should not be confused with the marketing name or the product numbers 340 Chapter 32 Legal information ENWW Josep Maria Pujol Hardware Quality Manager Sant Cugat del Valles Barcelona July 28th 2005 Local contacts for regulatory topics only O prar ao z S O Gen S
93. E Calibration the best choice In order to use Automatic PANTONE Calibration you need an application that recognizes the PANTONE colors and a calibrated PostScript printer The Automatic PANTONE Calibration facility emulates PANTONE Solid Coated colors only suffix C Other PANTONE colors will be printed using the CMYK values sent by the application Converting PANTONE colors manually If you have a non PostScript printer or if you are using an application such as Adobe Photoshop that does not send the name of the PANTONE color to the printer you will not be able to use Automatic PANTONE Calibration Instead if you wish you can convert each PANTONE color manually to CMYK values in the application using tables produced especially for your printer and paper type If your application has a facility to convert PANTONE colors to CMYK values automatically it probably does not take account of printer or paper type so you will get better results with a manual conversion using the tables You can also obtain a PANTONE calibrated color chart in EPS TIFF and PDF format which can be convenient if your application has an eyedropper tool with which you can pick up colors from an imported graphic Tips e Automatic PANTONE Calibration works with PostScript printers only e Ensure that Automatic PANTONE Calibration is turned on in the driver e Some applications may not support PANTONE colors fully for example Photoshop 7 0 does not sen
94. ETHER BASED ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ENWW Worldwide Limited Warranty HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp 333 C Local law 1 This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights You may also have other rights which vary from state to state in the United States from province to province in Canada and from country to country elsewhere in the world You are advised to consult applicable state province or national laws for full determination of your rights 2 To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law this Warranty Statement shall be deemed modified to be consistent with such local law THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Revision September 20th 2005 Q 1 h O a Q c O 334 Chapter32 Legal information ENWW Hewlett Packard Software License Agreement ATTENTION USE OF THE SOFTWARE IS SUBJECT TO THE HP SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS SET FORTH BELOW USING THE SOFTWARE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE LICENSE TERMS IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE LICENSE TERMS YOU MUST RETURN THE SOFTWARE FOR A FULL REFUND IF THE SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED WITH ANOTHER PRODUCT YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED PRODUCT FOR
95. Es NOTE To see the job queue at the front panel select the icon and then Job queue The printer does not print If all is in order paper loaded all ink components installed and no file errors there are still reasons why a file you have sent from your computer may not start printing when expected e You may have an electrical power problem If there is no activity at all from the printer and the front panel does not respond check that the power cable is connected correctly and that there is power available at the socket V 2 Q e _ e You may be experiencing unusual electromagnetic phenomena such as strong electromagnetic fields or severe electrical disturbances which can cause the printer to behave strangely or even stop working In this case turn off the printer using the Power key on the front panel wait until the electromagnetic environment has returned to normal and then turn it on again If you still experience problems please contact your customer service representative Sen e3 lt pur O 2 2 O S Q Q lt H e You may have the wrong graphic language setting See Change the graphic language setting e You may not have installed in your computer the correct driver for your printer See the Setup instructions e The right paper may not be available to print the job perhaps because e The selected roll is not loaded e The selected paper type is not loaded on any roll e Ther
96. HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series Using your printer invent HP Designjet 4000 and 4500 Printer series Using your printer invent Legal notices The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Hewlett Packard makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Hewlett Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material No part of this document may be photocopied or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Hewlett Packard Company Trademarks Adobe Acrobat Adobe Photoshop and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Microsoft and Windows are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation PANTONE is Pantone Inc s check standard trademark for color Table of contents 1 Introduction USNI MS GU fo ee meen mee Cre eee en en Oe ete CN AR mn Ce ee A Rae ee ee en en eee ee 2 Naliels U edo g leeeme a enareenr eeta teen One Ret trey ete et eerie nr nr E ren ne rer eee eee 2 POW OO Mecca aces cates tadate a E E sane ec dex cies nde daae E 2 TAS ROO IGN Is araa caren oie a anes ane areata teat ee ceteaerenerecar tenn 2 Terme UO oa taste de Sag grees eases dasieer de oe oc sane s
97. HP Designjet 4000 series e http www hp com support designjet profiles4500 for the HP Designjet 4500 View information about the paper 127 e http www hp com support designjet profiles4500ps for the HP Designjet 4500ps e http www hp com support designjet profiles4500mfp for the HP Designjet 4500mfp If you do not find the media profile you want on the Web you may find that it has been added to the latest firmware for your printer You can check the firmware release notes for information See Update my printer s firmware Use non HP paper HP s own paper types have been fully tested with the printer and can be expected to give the best print quality However you can print on paper from any manufacturer In that case you should select in the front panel the HP paper type that is most similar to the paper you will be using If in doubt try several different HP paper type settings and choose the one that provides you with the best print quality If results are not entirely satisfactory with any paper type setting see General advice Cancel the drying time Press the Form Feed and Cut key 1 on the front panel A CAUTION A print that has had insufficient time to dry can suffer from quality problems Change the drying time You may wish to change the drying time setting to suit special printing conditions Select the 86 icon then Select drying time You can select Extended Optimal Reduced or None See Drying
98. HP Designjets For a good emulation the printer needs a specification of the colors these devices can reproduce The standard way of encapsulating such information is in ICC profiles As part of the solution we provide the most common standards for the different devices Apart from selecting the appropriate ICC profile you should select the appropriate rendering intent depending on the type of print business presentation photography or proof See Set the rendering intent For reference information on the broader aspects of color printing refer to http www hp com hpinfo community environment productinfo psis_inkjet htm The options are as follows A NOTE PDF and PostScript files can be used with PostScript printers only CMYK color emulation All CMYK emulation options apply to PDF PostScript TIFF and JPEG files only e None Native no emulation for use when the color conversion is done by the application or operating system and therefore the data arrive at the printer already color managed e HP CMYK Plus a set of HP proprietary re rendering rules that will produce a good result for most digital commercial printing jobs by expanding the reduced gamut of your press into the wider gamut of your printer e U S Sheetfed Coated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 350 total area of ink coverage negative plate bright white offset stock e U S
99. MS wi Color Manage RGB Sources to RGB Destinations Layers Default Web Layout Ceaneral Display Simulation Separation Output Color Space Measurements Faragraph 7 k Cancel ox 4 1 Open QuarkXPress and select Preferences from the Edit menu Windows or the QuarkXPress menu Mac OS Then select Quark CMS from the Preferences dialog box LOP MOH 2 Ensure that the Color Management Active box is checked 3 The Destination Profiles area lets you choose profiles that correspond to your devices Monitor profile Composite Output profile and Separation Output profile Select in the Separation Output profile the profile of your output device press which you want to emulate on your printer later Select in the Composite Output profile your printer profile remember that it depends on the printer model paper type and print quality option 2A O er O O L 166 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW 4 Inthe Default Source Profiles you must set the default profiles for solid colors and images that don t have embedded profiles The following default profiles are recommended RGB Adobe RGB 1998 CMYK SWOP for the USA and Euroscale Coated v2 for the rest of the world Also select the rendering intent which QuarkXPress uses for all conversions if in doubt select Relative Colorimetric See Set the rendering intent 5 Check the box Color Manage RGB sources to RGB destinations in the RGB Default Source Profile
100. Max Optimized for lines and text Optimized for images quality detail Rendering Printing resolution dpi Rendering Printing resolution dpi resolution dpi resolution dpi Off 300x300 1200x1200 High Gloss 300x300 1200x1200 High Gloss Photo Paper Photo Paper 600x600 Max Speed 600x600 Max Speed Bright White Bond Paper 1200x600 other paper types 1200x600 other paper types Canvas is supported by the HP Designjet 4000 series only Table 29 4 Margins Side margins 5 mm 0 2 in small normal 15 mm 0 6 in extended Top margin leading edge 5 mm 0 2 in small 11 5 mm 0 6 in normal 55 mm 2 2 in extended Bottom margin trailing edge 5 mm 0 2 in roll 25 mm 1 in sheet normal 55 mm 2 2 in sheet extended a a a on ee ee ee eee Sheet paper is supported by the HP Designjet 4000 series only Table 29 5 Mechanical accuracy 0 1 of the specified vector length or 0 1 mm whichever greater at 23 C 73 F 50 60 relative humidity on AO printing material in Best or Normal mode with HP Matte Film D Pr a Q S 9 Table 29 6 Graphic languages supported os a HP Designjet 4000 and 4500 Printer series HP GL 2 RTL TIFF JPEG CALS G4 2 Sella se Aaaa a a aee HP Designjet 4000ps 4500ps and 4500mfp only Adobe PostScript level 3 PDF 1 5 O en oO Q Q 2 Tell me about Physical specifications Table 29 7 Printer physical specifications Wei
101. NOTE Glossy photo paper types are especially difficult to dry Take extra care with them 266 Chapter18 The problem is print quality topics ENWW 3 Check that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type you are using 4 Perhaps you have adjusted the drying time at the front panel to speed up the printer output Select the 86 icon then Select drying time and make sure it is set to Optimal 5 Allow the prints time to dry separately do not cover or stack them Lines are slightly warped The paper itself may be warped This can happen if it has been used or stored in an extreme environment See Environmental specifications Color accuracy There are two basic requirements for color accuracy 1 Ensure that your paper type has been calibrated which will give you consistency from print to print and from printer to printer See Perform color calibration 2 Select suitable options in your application see How do I color topics E NOTE Ifyou are not using PostScript remember that your printer may be configured to use one of its internal pen palettes instead of your software s palette which is the default See Pen settings seem to have no effect Color accuracy using EPS or PDF images in page layout applications O 2 Q O _ gt O Page layout applications such as Adobe InDesign and QuarkXPress do not support color management of EPS PDF or grayscale files _ T
102. NT 1 Select the Page Setup tab 2 Select PostScript Custom Page Size from the list of page sizes 3 Choose the width and length of your desired page size 4 Press the OK button Using the PostScript printer driver for Mac OS X 1 Select Page Setup from the File menu 2 Select Manage Custom Sizes at the end of the Paper Size list A NOTE Under Mac OS X 10 3 or earlier select Custom page size from the Settings option Press the New or button 3 4 Enter your choice of name for your custom page size 5 Enter its width and length 6 Under Mac OS X 10 3 or earlier press the Save button Using the PostScript printer driver for Mac OS 9 1 Select Page Setup from the File menu Select the Page Attributes panel Select the Custom Page Default panel image 2 3 4 Enter your choice of name for your custom page size 5 Enter its width and length 6 Press the Add button Using the Embedded Web Server 1 Go to the Page Size section of the Submit Job page V 2 Q e _ _ G _ N xe 14 o gt I 2 Select the Custom option 3 Choose the width and length of your desired page size Change the print quality Your printer has three different print quality options Best Normal and Fast There are also two supplementary options that have an effect on print quality Optimize for drawings text or Optimize for images and Maximum detail See Choose print qu
103. NWW Lubricate the printhead carriage 203 4 Remove the worn blade from the cutter AN WARNING Take care not to touch the cutting edge of the blade 5 Remove the spare blade from the cutter and fix it in place of the used blade 6 Replace the bottom cover 7 Replace the screw in the bottom cover and use a screwdriver to secure it Maintain the ink cartridges During the normal lifetime of a cartridge no specific maintenance is required However in order to maintain the best print quality you should replace a cartridge when it has reached its expiration date which is the date marked on the cartridge plus 6 months Move or store my printer If you need to move your printer or store it for an extended period of time you need to prepare it properly to avoid possible damage to it To prepare your printer follow the instructions below 1 Do not remove the ink cartridges printheads or printhead cleaners 2 Make sure that no paper is loaded 3 Make sure that the printhead carriage is located in the service station the right hand end of the printer L OP MOH Make sure that the front panel displays Ready Switch off the power using the Power key on the front panel 3 D 7 D D O a O O O D w J zuud Also switch off the power switch at the rear of the printer A o 2 ooe Disconnect the printer s power cable and any cables connecting the printer to a network a computer or a scanner
104. P GL 2 driver installed for one printer and you intend to send the same file to both printers 1 Ensure that both printers have been updated to the latest firmware version See Update my printer s firmware 2 Ensure that Color Calibration is turned on At the front panel of the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Color calibration gt On 3 Load the printers with similar paper types 4 Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you have loaded 5 If you have an HP GL 2 file produced for an HP Designjet 1000 Printer series and you want to print iton an HP Designjet 4000 Printer series proceed as follows using the Embedded Web Server or the front panel e Using the Embedded Web Server leave the color options set to Default Using the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Color options gt Select RGB input profile gt HP Designjet 1000 Series For other HP Designjet printers set both printers to match the screen colors SRGB if selectable as when printing with separate HP GL 2 drivers j gt D 2X a y O o lt i O Z on O O ry r 2 0 Chapter18 The problem is print quality topics ENWW 19 The problem is image error topics e The print is completely blank e The output contains only a partial print e The image is clipped e The image is in one portion of the
105. Page Setup from the File menu then Paper size You select the page size and the margins at the same time e Using the Embedded Web Server select from the Margins list on the Submit Job page Using the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Select margins E NOTE If margins are set with the printer driver or with the Embedded Web Server they override the margins set with the front panel OP MOH Print on oversize pages For technical reasons it is impossible to print an image that covers the full width or length of the paper There must always be a margin around the image However if you want to print for example an A3 sized image with no margins around it you can print on paper larger than A3 leaving margins around the image as usual and then cut off the margins after printing Q Q t c N r 3 D r r O O e a6eul Oversize page layouts are designed for this purpose Each oversize page is large enough to accommodate a standard paper size plus margins You can specify an oversize page layout in the following ways e Using the Windows HP GL 2 printer driver select the Paper Quality tab and press the Margins Layout button then select Oversize from the layout options e Using the Windows PostScript printer driver select the Paper Quality tab then Size is You select the oversize page and the margins at the same time 146 Chapter9 How do l
106. Remove the blue protective cap and the clear protective tape from the printhead S j SF 2 ET 20 Q _ O ot 5 D Fo gt 9 T o i o 3 If you have difficulty see cannot insert a printhead 4 Make sure the printheads are correctly seated When all the printheads are installed the front panel prompts Close printhead cover and window 5 If Reseat is displayed on the front panel see The front panel keeps telling me to reseat or replace a printhead ENWW Install the printheads 31 6 Close the carriage cover 7 Make sure the latch engages correctly OP MOH J zunud Q N D a lt r O O O E S 8 Close the printer window 9 Please wait about a minute while the printer checks the printheads Install the printhead cleaners 1 Wait until you see this front panel message Install printhead cleaners Open right door 32 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 3 Open the printhead cleaner door 4 Insert the printhead cleaner into the slot of the correct color printer ke o P z O O Q O lt gt Q Q W W 49 5 If you have difficulty see cannot insert a printhead cleaner 6 Insert the other seven printhead cleaners into the correct slots ENWW Install the printhead cleaners 33 8 Wait until you see this front panel message then
107. Sheetfed Uncoated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 260 total area of ink coverage negative plate uncoated white offset stock e U S Web Coated SWOP 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 300 total area of ink coverage negative plate coated publication grade stock e U S Web Uncoated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 260 total area of ink coverage negative plate uncoated white offset stock e Euroscale Coated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using Euroscale inks under the following printing conditions 350 total area of ink coverage positive plate bright white coated stock e Euroscale Uncoated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using Euroscale inks under the following printing conditions 260 total area of ink coverage positive plate uncoated white offset stock ynoqe ow jj L s ido e JMPA Japanese standard for offset press e Photoshop 4 Default CMYK xe i a D a 298 Chapter25 Tell me about printer topics ENWW e Photoshop 5 Default CMYK e Other HP Designjet printers can be emulated In the front panel and the Embedded Web Server some further options are available e Japan Color 2001 Co
108. So O Sa as re os 2 8 9 and 6 24 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 11 Secure all six loops to the frame using two clips on each loop 12 printer How do l z O O Q O lt D Q Q p p 49 13 14 15 Move the three mobile stoppers into their parked position These stoppers are used only when printing on sheets of paper less than 900 mm in length up to A1 size ENWW Assemble the bin 25 Switch on for the first time 1 Plug the power cable into the rear of the printer then plug the other end into the AC power outlet Q O 25 3 2 lt 6 r oO 2 O Sa as T3 os 3 4 Wait until you see this front panel message Highlight your language on the front panel using the Up and Down keys Press the Select key O Fran ais O Italiano O Deutsch O Espa ol O Fortugu s I Catal 5 The front panel will now display how to install the ink supplies Install ink cartridges for ink system setup 26 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW Install ink cartridges 1 Remove the printheads printhead cleaners and ink cartridges from the consumables box 2 printer ke o P Sw mn Oo Q O lt gt Q Q W W 49 3 Press the ink cartridge door until it clicks 4 Open the ink cartridge door 5 To release the ink cartridge drawer
109. T E Printer body 3 me Stand and bin assembly lt lt o O Bo Consumables box including lo w j N a Maintenance Kit please keep this safe 7 A Spare box used while attaching the stand to the printer Unpack the printer Before you start unpacking consider where you are going to put the assembled printer You should allow some clear space at the back and at the front of the printer The recommended clearances are shown in the illustration below 12 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW When you have identified a suitable location you can begin unpacking 1 Remove the two side lids Then remove all the upper four plastic handles from both sides of the box two each side S a ce j oO g4 En 2 Cutthe strap around the boxes carefully as the boxes may fall as soon as the strap is cut O rf Q A 72 _t o s amp 1 5 VA gt 9 Ln T 3 Remove the boxes from the top of the main printer box 4 Remove all eight plastic handles from both sides of the box 5 ENWW Unpack the printer 13 6 Remove the two packing pieces ae d lt lt fa E o a ee iL Assemble the stand AN WARNING When you are unpacking the leg assembly you will see that there is anti slip material around two of the wheels on the feet Do not remove this material yet OP MOH 1 Remove the first tray from the stand an
110. a If the part number is not followed by a colon the paper is available in all regions Table 30 4 Premium Technical Name g m 24 in wide 36inwide 42inwide 23 39 in 33 11 in wide A1 wide A0 HP Bright White Inkjet Bond Paper 90 C1860A LN C1861A LN none Q1445A EJ Q1444A EJ C6035A AE C6036A AE HP Bright White Inkjet Bond Paper 300 90 none C6810A none none none ft HP Matte Film 160 51642A AE 51642B none none none N HP Clear Film 170 C3876A AE C3875A none none none N HP Natural Tracing Paper 90 C3869A C3868A none Q1439A J Q1438A J HP Translucent Bond 67 C3860A AN C3859A AL none none none N HP Polyester Film Opaque White Glossy 170 C7955A EN C 7956A EN C 7957A EN none none HP Vellum 15 C3862A N C3861A LN none none none HP Coated Paper 96 C6019B C6020B C6567B Q1442A EJ Q1441A EJ HP Coated Paper 300 ft 96 none C6980A none none none HP Heavyweight Coated Paper 131 C6029C AE C6030C C6569C none none N HP Heavyweight Coated Paper 225 ft 131 none none Q1956A EN none none RS CL Table 30 5 Premium Photographic T i i S SSSSSSSSSS E SSS aSSS aaaSSSSaSaa SSS Name g m 24 in wide 36 in wide 42 in wide HP Productivity Photo Gloss 244 none Q1938A AEN Q1939A AEN HP Productivity Photo Semi Gloss 244 none Q1943A AEN Q1944A AEN HP Photo Paper RC Matte 200 none C7946A AEN none HP Proofing Paper RC Satin 200 none C7952A AEN none nnn mL saaa aa aaa xe c S Table 30 6 Universal Line 4 F Name g m 24 in wide 36 in wide 42 in wid
111. ach hole D Q pur 2 v Q O La Q Q Ka 4 Repeat the process until all of the holes in the platen have had three drops of oil placed in them 5 Be careful not to spill oil onto the platen ENWW The platen rollers squeak 293 6 If there is oil on the platen wipe it away with the cloth supplied with the kit 7 Lower the window soido SI Wa qoid ouL O mr gt 1 a 294 Chapter23 The problem is other topics ENWW 24 Tell me about Embedded Web Server topics The Embedded Web Server is the control center for remote management of your printer From any computer you can use an ordinary Web browser to contact your printer s Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server E Derignjet 4ips irosit Internet Laplorer provided by bhemlett Packard HP Designjet 4500ps Settings Netaarkina Job queue Li gpriat ligid AROS S20 A Mier BOE 5A PH eer Gy TEMS TO Pl miig i MOAT 4 A Maer 1 EU DU PR Miili i DO S20 Pd Meer L UJA A P eter an fe a i Se S20 Pel Bejer With the Embedded Web Server you can e Submit jobs to the printer in various file formats HP GL 2 HP RTL PostScript PDF JPEG TIFF CALS G4 without the need of a driver nor an application see Submit a job with the Embedded Web Server E NOTE PostScript and PDF formats can be used with PostScript printers only ab 2 Q wh Fic oS 23 ES
112. ad Paper information Hl Paper handling options Hl Paper advance calibration Accessories 76 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW ENWW f Highlight Load roll 1 and press the Select key Load roll i1 Load roll 2 e Change roll 1 paper type Change roll 2 paper type Highlight the paper type you intend to load and press the Select key M Plain Paper O Max Speed Plain Paper i O Bond Paper O Max Speed Bond Paper O Bright White O Max Speed Bright White Ti nated Paner d Using two hands pull out drawer 1 Load roll 1 T1 printer How do l Ke z O 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q p p 49 8 Use the supplied core adaptors when the roll core is of a larger diameter 9 Remove the blue colored stop from the left end of the spindle Keep the spindle horizontal e 10 Slide the roll of paper that came with your printer onto the spindle Make sure the paper is oriented exactly as shown Ga 11 Push the black right hand stop onto the roll Make sure it is correctly seated LOP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 a lt r O O T QI S 78 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 12 Put the blue colored stop onto the spindle A 13 Push the blue left hand stop onto the roll Make sure it is correctly seated E Sy 14 Hold the spindle assembly using the blue
113. ad cleaners for any printheads that have been changed See Remove a printhead cleaner and Insert a printhead cleaner CAUTION Leaving the old printhead cleaner in the printer will shorten the new printhead s life and possibly damage the printer Manage printhead monitoring The printer automatically checks the status of the printheads from time to time in order to monitor their health and detect any problems that might affect print quality The frequency of these checks is optimized to maintain good throughput If you want to increase the frequency of printhead monitoring in order to detect any problems sooner select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Printhead monitoring gt Intensive When the printer is printing and printhead monitoring is set to Intensive the front panel and the Embedded ENWW Manage printhead monitoring 183 _ a gt ra c How do l topics Web Server printer status line will display the following message Printing Printhead monitoring instead of just Printing LOP MOH A NOTE When Intensive is selected the throughput of the printer will be reduced because of the increased frequency of printhead checks soido To return to the default printhead monitoring frequency select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Printhead monitoring gt Optimized a 7 lt r D Recover clean the printheads To clean the printheads which often
114. ae ee ied 14 PTAC ING SUA ia sete titan tetecct sar E A nates babii toa Linon E E 17 FREMOVE PACKAGING materal se saute is Haas isle seis a a eansa abo wan dle wevacm ante EA 20 PASSE MMOIC UC OI hse eee cece sce aa E aa tecous case ate E E 23 SWITCH on for the first TIM zsrnscresiia a A E eee E 26 HSA oC ALLS S onas A intuit inane min une weteusanandnatienateesace 2 Remove the setup PNININGAGS 1c i ihs eh i eresicbcersie eens ee eee A eases ene cee eee 29 WAS CANE ET PUI ALUMS AG Sassaniin aa a aea a Aans 31 Install the printhead CIOAN CLS sc lt cs dccdncdseanasas rc aszetioecteceacieac wees cad Sanetasancee asncweseesadepaecenesioneetieee eee 32 Loadiarollof paper onto The spindless aa a a aT E E 34 Load the paper Into IAG PINTE siera a EE A E E R 36 Connect TMG pinte oriana a a cau a a eatl ihc o isa oc cexeuindeteed 40 WIS TAlIACCCSSOMCS se aa a a aa aaa aaae a a a AE oud EE ATS 41 Gigabit Ethernet Socke lieren a a aa eatnottaneads 41 USB ZO SOCKS tet asusa T A E eden atie weneaeciadgeteteue 42 Jetdirect Print SOIV GM es eek ha ect then cea i tat deel aca ae aoc ean ice cea neds 43 Memory GX PANSION CAA iicaiciucse R E EE EE r A aces 44 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 Geroa e aaa a a dele aasns iteldentabastuaiaiwn a Sonnatdtbadinivnl band aseaebs 46 ENWW Unpack NEPE 4 a xescreet sen tetuieecie a a nach Se a etter 46 ASS IMDIC MING SaN ean 20s octet ek ata andee re ewig ee ene da Hawes eee an aaa ogee ee oes 49
115. aeecseaeessaeeeesueeessaeessaeeesseessaeeesseneesaaees 234 17 The problem is paper topics The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4000 ccc cccccecccseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeceeseesseessueesseeesseees 236 ROIS ac netaren ade tatcee ate cca Sey ice toate tana ee T autem Saean mah a taste ee 236 SS iecees cers rssh Asean tees cece ce er areccaceucge ocace teat aetna acne cece eat at cence tae teeccee 236 The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4500 cc cccccecccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeceseeeseeeeseeesseeesenees 237 A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4000 cece ecccceececeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeesseeesseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeees 237 CHECK printhead pateren aa a r E 238 CHECK paper pathirana a Gene a arctan teteadeeiinaseiee 239 A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 cece ceccceececeeeeeeeeeeseceesesesseeeseeeesseeeeseeeeseeeees 239 Check Printhead Pat seins sec taana aaae D eluates sunday eee bush eave a E an a aaa ai 240 CHECK paper Del sscess ou aces vedere aie eee cease ce ere eee eed 249 Apaper jam Ins arawer 2 A500 userii a a a a ahaa ceei loca berated 249 Prints do not stack properly in the bin 4000 ccc ecccceccceeeeceeeeaeeeseeesseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeesseeeaes 256 Prints do not stack properly in the basket 4500 0 0 cccccccsececeeceeeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeseeesseeeaes 257 The printer uses a lot of paper to align the printheads ccccccccc
116. aga aoe sad caese angen anasto 2 Legal WTO RIMM A UO sessir aa a e a e ae a aia 2 WAQOX E E ENE I A T E E AS A E A A AA E 2 The printer s main TEAS cu ccscgceen ceties is icdadectes ahoegeseaencdades te dades teats baseduestonedccieiee bese deakitelecdedis ei ecbibece ae 2 The printer s main components 4000 cccccscccsseeceeeeceeecesceceeeeceeeseeeeeescueeseacessueesseecsueeseeesseeesaass 3 Fe OI LW auan eh te hos ata a heidai Saas 2 awe a a oeiae daca a a 3 ROOM VIC W fete aeecota Saati Sad leet dias ote pitti anil ciatet beatae ats 4 The printer s main components 4 500 Foes sec teencs tun cedaewbanl newt tadda cd alecesen dew ia Galven la eed acd amer dosent 4 FON VOW c2e fo of ahs rege rao eee terest T Satie ne eee catego any aia sh ecgines en aos Nee 5 Front view with optional Stackel cccccssscccsscccseecesseceeeecaeeecueeeeeseueessueecueetseeessaeesseeessess 6 REIC VIEW anenee a a a a a aa 6 TREONGAR G ianen a a a a E N 7 PIAS SO MW ANC bee say thatthe T Nina sheet ess ahaa Sted Miata tte E ie aeetua dls 8 Scanner Somware A 500 cies it ae coieaes caine aero sue nid cen saeens A ais seats deste eve aasuomme nantes 8 2 How dol printer assembly topics 4000 CVE OSI g 0 AAE ene enol tee ON oP Or needed et ene 12 UADACK MO PIC aa aac st ante hecccateee aces ataanen eas ctaassneoacaeenem a etna catapecee means saa a eo asnanonae 12 ANSSEIMDIC IMG SLANG ashton tens a a ado eeeo ame cessed dude eae soe de e
117. al specifications continued nnn EEC ___ ________________ __ __ Temperature range when not in operation 20 to 55 C 4 to 131 F Maximum altitude when printing 3000 m a ee ee Table 29 13 Stacker environmental specifications Relative humidity range 20 80 Temperature range for printing 5 to 40 C 41 to 104 F Temperature range when not in operation 20 to 50 C 4 to 122 F Acoustic specifications Table 29 14 Printer acoustic specifications Idle sound power lt 5 8 B A Operating sound power lt 7 0 B A Idle sound pressure lt 41 dB A Operating sound pressure lt 53 dB A Table 29 15 Stacker acoustic specifications Idle sound power lt 4 5 B A Operating sound power lt 5 5 B A Idle sound pressure lt 35 dB A Operating sound pressure lt 57 dB A printer _ V Oo Q O _ G O prar 4o O t S Q N Tell me about ENWW Acoustic specifications 319 noqe ow JIL n oO D Q y O a O O n O O D w J zunud 320 Chapter29 Tell me about printer specifications topics ENWW 30 Tell me about ordering supplies and accessories topics n Ordering ink supplies n Ordering paper e Ordering accessories o c G wo 2 35 2s C5 Oo rey m Q o rs j re w accessories topics ENWW 321 Ordering ink supplies The following
118. ality settings for guidance on choosing among these options ENWW Change the print quality 143 You can specify the print quality in the following ways e Using a Windows printer driver go to the Print Quality section of the Paper Quality tab e Using a Mac OS printer driver go to the Image Quality panel e Using the Embedded Web Server go to the Image Quality section of the Submit Job page Using the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Image quality A NOTE Ifa print quality is set with the printer driver or with the Embedded Web Server it overrides the print quality setting from the front panel NOTE You cannot change the print quality of pages that the printer is already receiving or has already received even if they have not started to print yet Choose print quality settings The following table shows suggested print quality settings and paper types for various different kinds of prints assuming that you are using roll paper You are not obliged to follow these suggestions but you may find them helpful If you are using sheet paper you are recommended to set print quality to Best If you are not sure how to change the print quality settings see Change the print quality A NOTE High density images should be printed on heavier paper heavyweight or glossy Image quality settings Paper types Print content Print quality Optimized for Maximum detail Lines draft Fast Drawings text Off
119. an German Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Korean and Japanese It will choose whichever language you have specified in your Web browser s options If you have specified a language that it cannot support it will work in English Op MOH O O D Q O r O pza O L To change the language you must change your Web browser s language setting For example in Internet Explorer version 6 go to the Tools menu and select Internet Options Languages Then ensure that the language you want is at the top of the list in the dialog box J zuud 104 Chapter5 How do l printer operation topics ENWW To complete the change you must close and reopen your Web browser Password protect the Embedded Web Server 1 Inthe Embedded Web Server go to the Security page which you can find in the Settings tab 2 Enter a password of your own choice in the New password field 3 Enter it again in the Confirm password field to guard against misspelling 4 Click Set password Now no one will be able to perform the following actions with the Embedded Web Server without giving the password e Manage print jobs in the queue cancel delete e View previews of print jobs e Delete stored jobs e Clear accounting information e Update the printer s firmware E NOTE If you forget the password see cannot access the Embedded Web Server from my browser Request E mail notification of specific error conditions 1 In
120. anaes 145 PAGIUISE TINS IMAL IAS ssicetises ete Rance hema a a a ated Uetwanhaudace taints win E E 146 AE ON OVElSIZe PaE S miee a a a a a 146 PAL WHNOUL AOS MalGINS rian ccaure iiacse snceuuinirniin ta T dauuse nolanpcwManavvad sauna 147 Select the orientation Of the IMAGE cccccsececceeceeceeeeeceuseeccuseeeceeeecsueeecsgeessaseessauseessueeesseseeesaneees 147 FROLIC AMT IMAG S essin a a lcaaednesdatianied E 148 PINON OVALS eS dose aca tasicuawaseastasabsavencuatedes E E a cance 149 PF FUVE seat EOD AG Cet ca ect incase recn ss Geena aa cain E 149 Scale NN MIVA sasssa e oa stun a a oben daniel essa aaa a tunedin 149 Change the palette SetmINGS x1sics5c sasste iss cies ace cae cosaeancs ae esas Getracseadeeatsaen te ane ecaceee caeeae 150 Change the treatment of Overlapping IINES ccccccccseececceeeeecseeeecseueeeceeeeceaeeessseeessaeeeesaeeessaeeeess 151 Change the graphic language Setting c ccsccccccseseeecceseeecceeeeeceeeeeeceeuseeecseaseeessageeessageeesseaseneeesas 151 10 How do l color topics Peronm Colon GaliDFallOM sie ssaticsietecscers at E A sesame i E aN 154 Perform black point COMPENSATION cccccccceececeeeeece ceca eeecueeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseueeseaeeseeeseeeessueeseueeenaes 154 Settherendenng IMC sadn eis sana a a a eked 155 Select the color emulation Modes sse a a s 155 Produce matching prints from different HP DeSignjets ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
121. and black stops printer How do l Ke z V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 ENWW Load roll 1 19 16 Lift the drawer 1 paper load lever This is located on the right hand side of the printer above drawer 1 17 Feed the paper from roll 1 onto the drawer 1 platen Align the paper with the central blue line on the right side of the platen ere oe LOP MOH 00st soido Ajquiasse Jayuiid 80 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 20 Push in drawer 1 21 Using the stops at each end of the spindle carefully wind the excess paper back onto the spindle printer 22 Select the roll length if known How do l select roll length T lt i m N S Q O J 2 z E N O10 7m 35 feet pu 1115 2m 5 feet Fal O 22 Sm teat TESLI O 38 5m 108 feet O 45 m 158 feet mai Am fam Feet Load roll 2 1 To load roll paper from drawer 2 from the front panel highlight the a icon and press the Select key Ti Plain Paper OUT of paper ENWW Load roll 2 81 2 Highlight Paper load and press the Select key Paper Load Paper unload Paper information Hl Paper handling options Hl Paper advance calibration Accessories 3 Highlight Load roll 2 and press the Select key Paper load Load roll i1 Load roll 2 Change roll 1 paper type e Change roll 2 paper type 4 Highlight t
122. and the USB connection 10 Click the Change button in the USB Printer Selection section to select the printer N p or O mr eo O O 2 11 Click the Auto Setup button to set up the printer automatically You can click the Change button to select the PostScript Printer Description PPD file lemyos 12 Once you have selected the correct PPD file click the Create button to save the desktop printer Uninstall the printer driver Mac OS 9 4000 ele E NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only 1 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your CD drive 2 In Finder navigate to the CD 3 Double click on OS 9 HP DJ 4000ps Install to launch the installer 98 Chapter4 How do l software setup topics ENWW 4 The installer takes you through various steps until you reach the main install dialog box You have two options e Easy install Uninstall driver Choose Uninstall driver 5 The printer driver uninstalls and a status bar is displayed Quit the installer when the uninstallation is complete software V 2 Q e _ Q a lt b ra How do lI ENWW Uninstall the printer driver Mac OS 9 4000 99 OP MOH r D P a O O L lemyos 100 Chapter 4 How do l software setup topics ENWW 5 How dol printer operation topics e Switch on and off e Restart e Change the language of the fr
123. anguage selection screen should appear Select the language you want to use for the Designjet Scan application The touch screen will automatically restart in the selected language 8 Allow time for the operating system to be reloaded The process has finished when the touch screen shows the Copy tab of the Designjet Scan application The CD or DVD cannot be read by my computer The scanner creates CDs and DVDs compliant with the ISO 9660 standard plus Joliet Extension This standard is commonly supported but it cannot be guaranteed that all computers will Support it A media profile cannot be generated Check that the scanner and the printer are both switched on and ready for normal operation The printer puts the job on hold This can happen if your scanner account has not been properly set up see Enable or disable scanner accounts or if the printer does not have the correct paper type or size loaded _ rp O 9 4 gt gt 4 ST OO 52 O O a3 Eo Ol Ss The printer loads the wrong roll The HP Designjet 4500 Printer series may automatically load the other roll in some circumstances in order to save paper To prevent this behavior select the a icon on the printer s front panel then Paper handling options gt Roll switching options gt Minimize roll changes The margins are too wide When you set the margins in the scanner software and then print an image the printer adds its own default margins to th
124. aper size E NOTE Ifa page size is set with the printer driver or with the Embedded Web Server it overrides the page size set with the front panel Create a custom page size You can create a custom page size using a printer driver or the Embedded Web Server Using the HP GL 2 amp RTL printer driver for Windows 1 Select the Paper Quality tab Press the Custom button Enter your choice of name for your custom page size Enter its width and length Press the Save button Press the OK button YF ee S amp S N In order to use the new custom page size you must close the driver software and then reopen it Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows XP or Windows 2000 OP MOH 1 Select the Paper Quality tab Press the Custom button Enter your choice of name for your custom page size Q Q t c N r 3 D r r O 2 e a6eul Enter its width and length Press the Save button Press the OK button oOo oO Se o N In order to use the new custom page size you must close the driver software and then reopen it Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows Me or Windows 98 1 Select the Paper Quality tab 2 Select Custom page 1 Custom page 2 or Custom page 3 from the Size is list 142 Chapter9 How do l image adjustment topics ENWW 3 Choose the width and length of your custom page 4 Press the OK button Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows
125. aphic languages 317 hard disk 318 ink supplies 316 margins 317 mechanical accuracy 317 memory 318 paper size 316 physical 317 power 318 print resolution 316 squeaky rollers 292 stacker 4500 changing rolls 139 changing the temperature cleaning the exterior 139 cleaning the rollers 139 ink marks 264 installing 138 moving 140 paper not completely ejected 280 139 Index 345 paper scrolls 280 warranty note 193 storing 140 warranty statement 332 trailing edge curls 280 Web access to printer 295 uninstalling 138 using paper 310 stacking problems in basket 257 stacking problems in bin 256 statistics ink cartridge 193 printer usage 196 printhead 193 status 133 stepped lines 265 storing the printer 204 support services HP Customer Care 328 HP Designjet Online 329 HP Instant Support 328 supported papers 308 switching the printer on off 102 symbols on printer boxes 4000 12 symbols on printer boxes 4500 46 T thin lines 261 TIFF 151 time to assemble the printer 4000 12 time to assemble the printer 4500 46 time resetting 105 trimming the paper 4500 125 U unattended printing 4500 313 unintelligible print 273 unloading a sheet 4000 118 unloading roll from printer 4000 113 unloading roll from printer 4500 123 unpacking the printer 4000 12 unpacking the printer 4500 46 USB 2 0 accessory 4000 installing 42 using this guide 2 V Visio 2003 no output 274 W
126. as the same print quality settings that you were using when you detected the problem see Change the print quality In the Image Diagnostics Print the only difference between Drawings text and Images is that the latter uses more ink in part 2 so that the colors appear darker To print the Image Diagnostics Print will take about two minutes if you choose Images sometimes less if you choose Drawings text depending on the paper type At the printer s front panel select the F7 icon then Internal prints gt Image diagnostics prints gt Print drawings text or Print images Internal prints Image diagnostics prints Demo prints Huser information prints A Service information prints When the print is ready see Respond to the Image Diagnostics Print Respond to the Image Diagnostics Print The Image Diagnostics Print is in three numbered parts 1 Part 1 tests printhead alignment See Interpret Image Diagnostics part 1 2 Part 2 tests printhead performance and the paper advance mechanism See Interpret Image Diagnostics part 2 3 If Part 2 has revealed a printhead problem Part 3 identifies which of the eight printheads is responsible for it See Interpret Image Diagnostics part 3 If Part 2 has not revealed any problem you can and should ignore Part 3 Interpret Image Diagnostics part 1 The purpose of part 1 is to identify color to color alignment and bidirectional alignment problems 208 Chapter14 How do l Ima
127. at option the setting in the printer will be used The setting in the printer can be changed from the front panel or in some cases from the Device Setup page in the Embedded Web Server 6 Click the Print button Save a job If you intend to reprint a job later with some changes to the job settings such as size or quality you can store the job inside your printer so that you will not need to resubmit it later z NOTE Ifyou want to reprint a job without changes you can do that from the print queue without needing to save the job You can save a job only while submitting it for printing 1 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server 2 Go to the Submit job page 130 Chapter How do l print job topics ENWW 3 Browse your computer and select the file to print 4 Ifyou want to submit more than one file click the Add another file button to add another file All files submitted together will have the same job settings E NOTE Ifyou are using Windows and Internet Explorer you can click the Add files button and select multiple files at once 5 In the job options check the Store job in printer option 6 Set the rest of the job options 7 Click the Print button print job Print a saved job 1 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server V 2 Q e _ Go to the Stored jobs page o gt I 2 3 Select the job or jobs that you want to print
128. at two of them cannot fit side by side on the roll or unless there are too many of them to fit into the remaining length of the roll A single group of nested pages cannot be split between two rolls Which pages qualify for nesting In order to be in the same nest the individual pages must be compatible in all of the following ways e All pages must have the same print quality setting Fast Normal or Best e Pages must be all Optimized for Drawings Text or all Optimized for Images e The Maximum Detail setting must be the same on all pages e The Margins setting must be the same for all pages Extended or Normal e The Mirror setting must be the same for all pages e The Rendering Intent must be the same for all pages e The Cutter setting must be the same for all pages e The color adjustment settings must be the same for all pages These are known as Advanced Color Settings in the Windows driver and CMYK Settings in the Mac OS driver 134 Chapter How do l print job topics ENWW ENWW e Pages must be all color or all grayscale not some in color and some in grayscale e All pages must be in one or other of the following two groups the two groups cannot be mixed in the same nest e HP GL 2 RTL CALS G4 e PostScript PDF TIFF JPEG e JPEG TIFF and CALS G4 pages with resolutions greater than 300 dpi may not nest with other pages in some cases How long does the printer wait for another file So that the printer
129. ated uses the Japan Color 2001 specification for type 3 coated paper It is designed to produce quality separations using 350 total ink coverage positive film and coated paper e Japan Color 2001 Uncoated uses the Japan Color 2001 specification for type 4 uncoated paper It is designed to produce quality separations using 310 total ink coverage positive film and uncoated paper e Japan Web Coated Ad uses specifications developed by the Japan Magazine Publisher Association for digital proofing of images in the Japanese magazine advertising market e Toyo is designed to produce quality separations for Toyo printing presses e DIC is designed to produce quality separations for Dainippon Ink Company printing presses A NOTE These options have no effect if the application is defining its own CMYK space known as calibrated CMYK or CIEBasedDEFG in PostScript terminology RGB color emulation These options apply to PDF PostScript TIFF and JPEG files For HP GL 2 and RTL files only SRGB and AdobeRGB are supported If you want to print an RGB image it must be converted to CMYK data although you may be able to do it in the application or operating system To perform this conversion your printer is provided with the following color profiles e None Native no emulation The printer will use its default internal conversion from RGB to CMYK without following any color standard This does not imply that results will be bad e sRGB IE
130. atterns above and below these two to help you select For example if the pattern above the two equal ones contains less banding then choose the pattern just below it e Where you have three patterns which show no signs of banding select the middle pattern If you look at part B of the print you will probably see that it appears darker in some patterns than in others The best pattern is the one that appears lightest most uniform and least grainy Step 7 Select the a or a icon and then Paper advance calibration gt Optim for drawings text or Optimize for images gt Select pattern Step 8 Select the number of the pattern 1 to 7 that printed best If you found it difficult to choose between two patterns e g patterns 3 and 4 then select Between pattern 3 and 4 The calibration is complete After calibration If you find that the paper advance calibration has reduced but not eliminated your print quality problem you could try step 7 again and select a different number If you are seeing light bands try selecting a lower number than your original selection if you are seeing dark bands try a higher number If you later want to cancel your calibration and restore the paper advance setting with which the printer left the factory select the a or H icon and then Paper advance calibration gt Optim for drawings text or Optimize for images gt Select pattern gt Factory default LOP MOH N Q lt N 5 O D
131. axis is in the center of the preview window Continue to press the Zoom Out button to the required level of detail Preview copies 227 scanner How dol O S V 2 Q O _ One to one pixel viewing LOP MOH View the image with one scanned pixel shown as one screen pixel ar O O L T O1 Jauueds Resize paper frame The Resize Paper Frame tool is especially useful for copying non standard paper sizes When activated the Resize Paper Frame Tool partitions the areas around the paper frame into sections When a section is touched the closest frame side or corner is resized to the new position Move the image to get any part of it centered or visible in the preview window There are two ways to move the image e By dragging anywhere in the image window e Touch a point on the screen and that point will then be centered in the preview window Position the paper frame EJ You can position the paper frame directly in the preview and visually set your copy area 228 Chapter16 How do l scanner topics 4500 ENWW ENWW There are three ways to move the frame e By dragging anywhere on the screen Imagine you are gripping the frame and dragging it around over the image e Touch a point on the screen and that point then becomes the new center for the paper frame This method is especially useful when you are making spot test strips for printing It lets you continuously an
132. aying one of the following messages on the front panel e Maintenance 1 required e Maintenance 2 required These messages mean that some components are nearing the end of their lives You can continue printing for quite some time depending on your use of the printer However it is strongly recommended that you contact your customer service representative and arrange for a preventive maintenance on site visit The service engineer can then replace the worn parts which will prolong the life of the printer for a further period The benefits of arranging a service engineer s visit when the front panel displays these messages are two fold printer e The printer components can be replaced at a time that is convenient for you and so will not disturb your daily workflow V 2 Q e _ e When the service engineer performs a preventive maintenance visit he will replace several parts at once This will avoid the need for repeat visits gt O 2 Ls v O H ENWW Preventive maintenance 301 soido ynoqe ow jj L xe ts er D m 302 Chapter 25 Tell me about printer topics ENWW 26 ENWW Tell me about ink system topics Ink cartridges e Printheads e Printhead cleaners o Ink system tips 303 x c D O S 5 os oe Eg D Ink cartridges The printer s four ink cartridges provide yellow magenta black and cyan ink to the printheads
133. be wide enough for the image For example rotating a portrait D A1 size image on D A1 size paper by 90 degrees will probably exceed the width of the paper If you are using the Embedded Web Server the preview screen will confirm this with a warning triangle If you are using the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series the job will be put on hold for paper Autorotate The HP GL 2 printer driver provides an Autorotate option which will automatically rotate by 90 degrees any oversized portrait images in order to save paper Print a mirror image If you are using clear imaging paper sometimes called backlit you may want to print a mirror image of your drawing so that when the paper is lit from behind it is in the correct orientation To do this without changing the image in your application e Using a Windows printer driver select the Finishing tab then Mirror image e Using a Mac OS printer driver select the Finishing panel then Mirror image e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Submit Job page then Mirror image Using the front panel select the icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Enable mirror Z NOTE If mirror image is set with the printer driver or with the Embedded Web Server it overrides the setting in the front panel Scale an image ENWW You can send an image to the printer at a certain size but tell the printer to rescale it to a different size normally larger This may be u
134. button 4 Inthe General box press the About button 5 You will find the scanner s IP address among the information in the About box Accessing the shared folder from Windows XP 1 On your computer s desktop double click My Network Places 2 Inthe Network Places window double click Add Network Place 3 Inthe Add Network Place Wizard window click Choose another network location then click Next 4 Inthe Internet or network address field enter http scanner_ip images where scanner_ip is the IP address of your scanner system then click Next 5 Enter your own choice of name by which you will refer to the folder on this computer then click Next To access the shared folder subsequently double click My Network Places and you will see the new folder in the Network Places window You can if you like drag the folder to your desktop for easier access ENWW Save files ona CD or DVD 231 Accessing the shared folder from Windows 2000 1 On your computer s desktop double click My Network Places LOP MOH 2 Inthe Network Places window double click Add Network Place 3 Inthe Add Network Place Wizard window enter http scanner_ip images where scanner_ip is the IP address of your scanner system then click Next gt O 2 O a T QI S Jauueds 4 Enter your own choice of name by which you will refer to the folder on this computer then click Finish To access the shared folder subsequently double
135. by this Limited Warranty and deliver another product to you to replace the defective one b During the Limited Warranty Period HP at its sole discretion shall either repair on site or replace any defective hardware product or component part If HP elects to replace any component part HP will provide to you i a replacement part in return of the defective one and ii remote part installation assistance if needed c Inthe unlikely event that HP is unable to repair or replace as applicable a defective product which is covered by this Limited Warranty HP shall within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect refund the purchase price for the product 8 HP shall have no obligation to replace or refund until you return the defective media consumable hardware product or component part to HP All components parts consumables media or hardware products removed under this Limited Warranty become the property of HP Notwithstanding the above mentioned HP may waive the requirement for you to return the defective part O prar S Sem O Gen S O 9 Unless otherwise stated and to the extent permitted by local law HP products may be manufactured using new materials or new and used materials equivalent to new in performance and reliability HP may repair or replace products i with equivalent products to the products being repaired or replaced but which may have been subject to prior use or ii with a
136. can make the best nest possible it waits after a file has been received to check whether a subsequent page will nest with it or with pages already in the queue This waiting period is the nest wait time the factory default nest wait time is two minutes This means that the printer waits for up to two minutes after the last file is received before printing the final nest You can change this waiting time from the printer s front panel select the Aicon then Job management options gt Nest options gt Select wait time The available range is 1 to 99 minutes While the printer is waiting for nesting to time out it displays the remaining time on the front panel You can print the nest cancel the nest wait by pressing the Cancel key Nest jobs to save roll paper 135 print job N 2 Q O Oo gt I Op MOH soido xe P t O O 136 Chapter 7 How do l print job topics ENWW 8 How do l stacker topics 4500 A NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The stacker is an optional accessory for the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series It stacks prints flat on top of one another instead of letting them fall into the bin stacker e Install the stacker o Uninstall the stacker f Te S V 2 Q O _ Change the temperature How do l o Change paper rolls while using the stacker Clean the exterior of
137. canner when you have finished the maintenance procedures If the light continues to flash there may be camera position errors In this case contact HP Support T 9 9 Q SU OO oF m 9 a3 Eo Q The wait light is flashing This indicates that the scanner needs to make some readjustment but is unable to do so Remove all paper from the scanner ensure the insertion slot height is set to minimum and wait for the light to turn off The wait and diagnostics lights are both flashing In this case disregard the wait light and respond only to the diagnostics light See The diagnostics light is flashing 282 Chapter22 The problem is scanner topics 4500 ENWW The scanner displays a warning message The scanner may recommend performing maintenance in some circumstances e Scanner Maintenance has not been run for 30 days e Lamp quality fails The filter should be replaced at the same time e Glass plate quality fails e Original background quality fails If you see any of these warnings displayed consult the scanner s online guide for information on recommended maintenance procedures The scanner software is in the wrong language If your scanner software is in the wrong language for any reason you can easily change the language as follows 10 HL W Eo 52 re a Q D ec c EG O T w 1 In the Setup tab press the Options button 2 Press the System button
138. cates an alignment error See How do l Image Diagnostics Print topics 1 Make sure that you have a roll of opaque paper loaded in the printer the best results will be achieved with the type of paper that you normally use for printing Single sheets of paper and transparent materials such as translucent bond clear film matte film tracing paper and vellum are not suitable for printhead alignment 2 To request printhead alignment if the alignment is not being performed automatically go to the front panel select the OD icon and then Printhead management gt Align printheads Printhead management e Recover printheads m Align printheads Calibrate color Replace printheads 188 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 3 Ifyou are close to the beginning of a roll the front panel will report that the printer may need to feed up to 3 m 10 ft of paper before starting the printhead alignment This is necessary to ensure a successful alignment In this case you will be given the following options e To continue with the printhead alignment allowing the printer to feed as much paper as necessary e Toschedule the printhead alignment to be performed later after you have used a few meters of paper for printing e Tocancel the printhead alignment 4 If you choose to continue with the printhead alignment the process will start immediately unless an image is currently being printed in which case the align
139. ccecccseeeeceeeeceeeeseeeeseeceseeeesaeeeeanees 257 The paper moves while the printer is in standby mode 4500 ccccccecceseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseees 257 The printer unloads or trims the paper after a long period of disuse 4500 cccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 257 The printer unloads the paper while switched off 4500 ccc cccccceeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeees 257 The printer unloads the paper when switched On 4500 ccccccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeaaes 257 18 The problem is print quality topics vill Eye gel dz ire eh els amen emere eeeenrrenn ni reer ee Srlee a eee eR er ome eer cee omar ere eR ne eae en err eee ere 260 Banding horizontal lines across the IMA QE cccceccccseecceeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeesaeeeeseeeesaees 260 Lines are missing or thinner than eCxpected cccccescccsseecsesceceescseseeccseeseseceeaeeessesenseeeseneeneeeesees 261 Solid bands or lines printed Over the IMAGE cccsssecccsesceeceeeccceuseecceeeeecseseecseseeeseeeessaueeesseaeenens 261 HEINE S Sse coset a a AA E a Somednecs a aaa A EOE I EA 262 TNE PADS IS notla aia a a a a E 262 ENWW The print smudges when touched ccccsccceseccssseeceeeecesececeuececseceseueeeeseeesseesseseeseeeeseaeessaeeeneeeeens 263 AK MAKSON INe paper ainera a et cae es ere nh nga eee eevee eos A tee ahasaee te 263 Smears on the front Of c
140. ccurately when using supported paper types in normal environmental conditions However you may find it useful to recalibrate in certain circumstances e Unsupported paper different paper manufacturers provide papers with a wide range of properties such as paper thickness or stiffness which may benefit from calibration You can expect the best print quality wnen using HP s recommended papers see Supported paper types e Abnormal but stable environmental conditions if you are printing in unusual conditions of temperature or humidity see Environmental specifications and those conditions are expected to remain stable recalibration may be worthwhile However paper advance calibration assumes that you have an image quality problem and that you have already followed the appropriate troubleshooting procedure for that problem If you have no particular problem there is no need to perform the calibration Before performing paper advance calibration use the Image Diagnostics Print to check that the printheads are correctly aligned see Print the Image Diagnostics Print Z NOTE In theory paper advance calibration should improve print quality However if you find the calibration print difficult to interpret you may choose the wrong paper advance setting and thus degrade print quality In this case you can restore the original factory settings by selecting the T or L icon at the front panel and then Paper advance calibration gt Optim
141. ce 4 printer ke o P Sw mn Oo Q O lt gt Q Q 4 5 Remove the packing tapes 1 to 8 Open the printer window and remove the two window inserts 9 and 10 6 Remove the protective covering from the printer window and the front panel screen 7 Remove the spindle lock ENWW Remove packaging materials 21 8 Open the printhead cleaner door and remove the carriage packing material Then close the cleaner door 9 Press the spindle lever down which will unseat the right hand end of the spindle Remove that end of the spindle first and then the left Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process OP MOH J zunud Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O O E S 11 Install the Quick Reference Guide holder Angle the holder at the top 1 then position the two hooks and clip the lower part 2 to the rear of the printer 22 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW Assemble the bin 1 Locate the bin components 2 printer ke o P z O O Q O lt gt Q Q W W 49 3 Do not fully fit the screw 4 Fix one screw to the inside of the stand s right leg 5 ENWW Assemble the bin 23 6 Lift the supporting framework of the bin into position in front of the printer Q A T o gt 3 lt o F Oo
142. changing them Make sure you have selected the right media profile in Print Space Profile above Printer settings Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you intend to use Get accurate colors from QuarkXPress 6 This topic outlines one way to have good control over the printed colors you will obtain from your printer there are many other ways We describe the hard proofing technique that shows you on your printer how your colors will appear when reproduced in a press Before starting ensure that your paper type has already been calibrated EA NOTE EPS PDF and grayscale images don t allow page layout applications to manage their colors In addition such images are displayed very poorly on a monitor Application settings 7 Preferences wi Color Management Active Application ey Destination Profiles Nteract ve a Save Monitor Generic Monitor Unde i T Composite Output HP Designjet 4000 High Goss Photo Tensions Manager k avenue quark Separation Output Co PreseMatch v1 icc He File List Default Path Browsers Default Source Profiles Index RGB CMYK Hexachrome Jabberwocky PDF Solid Colors Placeholders Fraction Price Profile Adobe RGB 1 998 Project Ae Import Rendering intent Perceptual o O Default Print Layout General Images Measurements pe See Character Rendering Intent Perceptual Ei Tools Trapping Quark C
143. check that the protective tape has been removed Then try reseating the printhead more firmly If the problem persists see cannot insert a printhead 15 Close the carriage assembly cover OP MOH 00st soido Ajquiasse Jayuiid 18 Please wait while the printer checks the printheads 1 minute Install the printhead cleaners 1 Wait until you see this front panel message Install printhead cleaners Open right door 74 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 2 Press the printhead cleaner door which is on the right side of the printer 3 Open the printhead cleaner door 4 Insert the printhead cleaner into the slot of the correct color printer How do l Ke z V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 5 Push the printhead cleaner in and down until it clicks into place ENWW Install the printhead cleaners 15 6 Insert the other seven printhead cleaners into the correct slots SS Load roll 1 1 Wait until you see this front panel message then press the Select key OP MOH J zund o T O D 3 T lt r O ped 2 T on No paper loaded Press to enter Paper menu To load roll paper from drawer 1 into the printer from the front panel highlight the T icon and press the Select key m of paper Te of paper 3 Highlight Paper load and press the Select key Paper Load Paper unlo
144. cites a aa cnet a ia 125 Trim the paper with the manual cutter 4500 0 cecccceccceeeeeae esse eeeeeeesaeeeseeeeseeeesaeeeseseeseeeeaaeees 125 View information about the Paper cccccccccccsseccceeceeceeeceeeeeeeeceseescesseeeeseaaeessaeesseeeessaseessaeeeeseaeeees 127 Download media Prole Ssss assadas aa a a a akaa aa ad a a 127 MISONO MWA ONC a ssrin a E E cseace nasa acewe 128 CEM Cel Te Cyl GUA acta Sctscredi cca wlan aa a a a n le uaveddaw Maine 128 Change TS dying UII as oe ot ocd acon cet chines a a E A RN 128 7 How do l print job topics Submit a job with the Embedded Web Servel cccccssccccssececeeseeceeecceeseeeeeuseessaseessensessegeeessaeeenes 130 SOLE ALS WS 9 SARC re E A et A A nett roe Ne ee ee ee ee 130 Pint Ac SAVIO NOD a cel seva tcc sreth cpanel yrasutindaicnsiane cu ten dasased mauieanen ta agua vesaanms dicen lag astu sear anaes natal shenaemelnnnas 131 Cancela OD siseesr sp cused tas ieaersutal tices Sap tale dataal watts cdeidde cud aad getdnesiraed aan casy Mans aanteucddeabals desi ietoatieeie 131 Manage the print GUC UC a5 ot acces ess cla a a Seats Ee r aT RE ok C AEA sat aa AETR 131 Turning off the queue 4000 cc cecccceececeeeececeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeseueeeeseeeesaaeeeseeeeeseaaes 131 The When To Start Printing OpPtions ccccccccceseeceeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeaeeeeas 131 identifying job in the QUEUC sirini a a aaea aa
145. click My Network Places and you will see the new folder in the Network Places window You can if you like drag the folder to your desktop for easier access Accessing the shared folder from Windows 98 1 On your computer s desktop double click My Computer 2 In the My Computer window double click Web Folders 3 Inthe Web Folders window double click Add Web Folder 4 In the Add Web Folder window enter http scanner_ip images where scanner_ip is the IP address of your scanner system then click Next 5 Enter your own choice of name by which you will refer to the folder on this computer then click Finish To access the shared folder subsequently double click My Computer and then Web Folders and you will see the new folder in the Web Folders window You can if you like drag the folder to your desktop for easier access Accessing the shared folder from Mac OS X 1 Select the Connect to Server option from the Go menu 2 Inthe Connect to Serve window enter http scanner_ip images where scanner_ip is the IP address of your scanner system then click Connect Adjust color If you press the Type of Original button in the Copy or Scan tab the Type of Original Setup box gives you various options to adjust the colors of your scanned images 232 Chapter16 How do l Scanner topics 4500 ENWW Type of Original Setup scanner Lightness Saturation Red 0 Green o FT E Black enhance Type of original
146. connected to a network you can make your directly connected printer available to other computers on the same network 1 Double click the System Preferences icon in the Dock menu bar on your desktop 2 Enable printer sharing by going to Sharing gt Services gt Printer Sharing 3 From the client computer the printer will now be displayed in the list of available printers in the Printer Setup Utility software Connect directly to a computer Mac OS 9 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only V 2 Q e oa Q J ra You can connect your printer directly to a computer without going through a network by using the optional USB 2 0 socket How do l 1 Make sure the printer is powered off 2 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your CD drive 3 In Finder navigate to the CD 4 Double click on OS 9 HP DJ 4000ps Install to launch the installer 5 The installer takes you through various steps until you reach the main install dialog box We recommend that you choose the Easy install option Click the Install button 7 The printer driver installs and a status bar is displayed ENWW Connect directly to a computer Mac OS 9 4000 97 8 Click Restart to restart the computer 9 Connect the USB cable between your printer and the computer 10 Power on the printer 11 Run the Desktop Printer Utility in the HP Designjet 4000ps folder 12 Choose the
147. crew is fully tightened ENWW Attach the stand 57 LOP MOH J zund o T O D 3 T lt r O ped 2 T on 7 Slide drawer 1 forwards to gain better access for the front screw Fix the left side of the stand to the printer using two screws Make sure that the screws are fully tightened X2 l Attach the roll module Before unpacking the roll module note that you should handle this piece of equipment using only the points indicated by the green arrows 1 Open the box containing the roll module then remove the two foam supports f j _ A i 2 Remove the roll module from the packaging box AM s 58 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 3 Remove the roll module from the plastic bag 4 Remove the remaining two yellow plugs from the left and right legs It is important to remember the positions of these holes 5 Turn the roll module over into an inverted position as shown Then carry it over to the front of the inverted printer printer How do l Ke 5 O 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q p p 49 1 The rear of the printer ENWW Attach the roll module 59 7 Before the roll module is moved into its final position please note that it should sit on the pins that were located on the stand legs earlier a 8 With two people lifting the roll module and a third at the rear of the printer guide the
148. ct card 1 Goto the rear of the printer and remove a small cover plate secured by two screws near the left hand side 2 Insert the Jetdirect card and secure it with the screws that accompany the card 3 Save the cover plate and screws in case you decide to remove the Jetdirect card later To check that the card has been correctly installed go to the front panel and select the Mi icon then I O setup gt Jetdirect EIO gt View information ENWW Install accessories 43 printer ke o P Sw mn Oo Q O lt gt Q Q W W 49 RPoelrelet LO LIMEUUL I0 setup al Select IP interface Fast Ethernet A Gigabit Ethernet His94 FireWire H USB Jetdirect EIO The front panel will reveal whether the print server is Installed or Not installed Please follow the appropriate instructions to connect the printer to your network Connect to a network Windows Connect to a network Mac OS X Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 You can plug in your network cable as illustrated below Op MOH J zuud o T O D 3 T lt a O D T Memory expansion card To check that the 256 MB memory expansion card has been correctly installed go to the front panel and select the icon then View printer information The front panel will display various items of information about the printer including Memory Printer information HP D
149. cted e The width of the paper in millimeters estimated by the printer e The length of the paper in millimeters estimated by the printer If no paper is loaded the message Out of paper is displayed The same information apart from the manufacturer s name is displayed on the Embedded Web Server s Supplies page Download media profiles ENWW Each supported paper type has its own characteristics For optimum print quality the printer changes the way it prints on each different paper type For example some may need more ink and some may require a longer drying time So the printer must be given a description of the requirements of each paper type This description is called the media profile The media profile contains the ICC profile which describes the color characteristics of the paper it also contains information on other characteristics and requirements of the paper that are not directly related to color Existing media profiles for your printer are already installed in the printer s software However you would find it inconvenient to scroll through a list of all paper types available for your printer so your printer contains media profiles for only the most commonly used paper types If you buy a paper type for which your printer has no media profile you will find that you cannot select that paper type in the front panel To download the correct media profile go to e http www hp com support designjet downloads for the
150. ction with FireWire IEEE 1394 1 Connect the FireWire cable between your printer and the computer 2 Power on the printer 3 Open the Printer Setup Utility and choose Add Printer from the Printers menu or Add from the Utilities list in earlier versions of Mac OS X 4 Select FireWire from the popup menu 5 The printer icon is automatically added to the list of available printers 96 Chapter4 How do l software setup topics ENWW Manual connection with USB 1 Connect the USB cable between your printer and the computer 2 Power on the printer aa Open the Printer Setup Utility and choose Add Printer from the Printers menu or Add from the Utilities list in earlier versions of Mac OS X In Mac OS 10 4 or later click More Printers at the bottom of the Printer Browser Select USB A message may appear saying that new drivers have been detected click OK to load them Select your printer from the list oN m y R Click the Add button 9 The printer icon is automatically added to the list of available printers A NOTE Under Mac OS X 10 2 only the new printer appears as a Generic printer To correct this first delete the Generic printer icon Then click the Add button select USB from the popup menu in the Add Printer dialog select the name of your printer and click the Add button Sharing the printer A NOTE Printer sharing between users is supported under Mac OS X 10 2 x and later If your computer is
151. d bin assembly box J zunud o T O D 3 T lt a O D T 2 From the first tray remove the two boxes marked with L and R Place them on the floor as shown as SS al w m S g Pees a Se se i D it gt ae eh t mat hy a ones 1 a Lott 9 inn he et na a His s T a Sy SIN ai PA saia 3 Lower the cross brace on to the L and R boxes ee 7 k 14 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 4 You now need to identify which is the left and the right side of the cross brace 1 left 2 right 3 one hole 4 two holes 5 Now you will need the bag of screws and the screwdriver provided You may notice that the screwdriver is slightly magnetic printer How do l z O O Q O lt gt Q Q p p 49 6 Remove the two leg covers from the left leg 7 Lower the left leg onto the left side of the cross brace The left leg will fit only on the left side of the cross brace 8 Fix the left leg to the cross brace using four screws on the inner side of the leg ENWW Assemble the stand 15 9 Fix the left leg to the cross brace using two screws on the outer side of the leg 10 Lower the right leg onto the right side of the cross brace The right leg will fit only on the right side of the cross brace OP MOH J zuud Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O O E
152. d disk using the Embedded Web Server See Restart The hard disk is full If the problem persists you are recommended to remove any unnecessary files from the hard disk using the Web server See Restart The Embedded Web Server does not seem to be working See Restart If the problem persists check for the latest firmware release A paper jam has been detected within the printer See A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4000 or A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 The print job is automatically canceled and cut Switch the stacker off and then on again If the problem remains remove the stacker and continue printing without it A paper jam has been detected in drawer 1 See A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 ENWW A front panel message 287 Code Short message Suggested action 84 1 03 Restart the printer If the problem persists Check that the cable between the printer and roll module 2 is call HP support well connected 84 2 01 Possible paper jam A paper jam has been detected in drawer 2 See A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 86 01 Possible paper jam A paper jam has been detected in the platen area See A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4000 or A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 Stacker communication error Check No communication received from the stacker Connect the connections stacker or turn it on Stacker disengaged Attach it to printer Switch off the
153. d out blacks on the monitor This option is not recommended A 9 Q e Se 2 O 2 e Preview if this checkbox is enabled recommended the changes you make in this window are reflected in the image immediately How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS HP GL 2 amp RTL driver 157 OS x Setup Custom aeo TT a Profile HF Designjet 4000 High Gloss Photo Sane Preserve Color Numbers Load Intent Perceptual Save IY Preview M Use Black Point Compensation Simulate Paper White T Ink Black 4 When you are ready to print the image open the Print with Preview window from the File menu In the Color Management tab you can select e Source Space Document automatically assigned for you e Profile select the profile you will use We recommend using Adobe RGB If neither Adobe RGB or sRGB is selected then choose the appropriate ICC profile for the paper loaded and remember to select later on in the driver the option Managed by Application Intent See Set the rendering intent Position Top 5 056 inches Left 54a inches I Center Image Scaled Print Size Scale 2 77 Scale to Fit Media Height 0 222 inches ih Width f inches T Print Selected amp rea M Show More Options Color Management Source Space Document Document Adobe RGB 1998 Proof Proof Setup Euroscale Coated v2
154. d rapidly reposition the frame on important areas that you want tested e Dragging the edges will resize the paper frame and is an alternative to the Resize Paper Frame tool Align left and align right The original appears crooked in the Preview Window You do not need to reload the original Press the align buttons to align the image with the paper frame Alternatively press the Settings button in the Copy tab or in the Scan tab and select the Auto align option This will align your image automatically If you re not satisfied with the result press the Reset alignment button press OK and align the image manually with the Align Left and Align Right buttons Preview copies 229 scanner How do l Te f knl _ a Q O ur LOP MOH ar O O L T O1 JauUUeDS scan Settings B vi Add a new printer To add a new HP Designjet printer to the printer list in your scanner software 1 Inthe Setup tab press the Options button Options 2 Press the System button System Options 3 Press the button with the name of the printer that you want to add 4 Follow the instructions on the screen 230 Chapter16 How do l scanner topics 4500 ENWW Save files on a CD or DVD Your HP Designjet is capable of writing to CDs or DVDs in the same easy way as it writes to any other storage medium scanner 1 Inserta blank CD or DVD into the touch screen
155. d the PANTONE Color with its name it sends only the CMYK values from its standard table gt D 2X a y O o lt i O Z on O O ry r e Some colors may be out of gamut and impossible to match precisely with your printer and paper type Color matching between different HP Designjets If you print an image on two different printer models for instance on an HP Designjet 4000 Printer series and an HP Designjet 1000 Printer series you may find that the colors of the two prints do not match well Matching two printing devices that use different ink chemistry paper chemistry and printheads is unlikely to be completely successful The information provided here is the best way to emulate one printer with another Even so the end result may not be a perfect match Printing via separate PostScript drivers The situation is that you are printing on each printer using the PostScript driver installed for that printer In this example we are using an HP Designjet 4000 Printer series and an HP Designjet 1000 Printer series 1 Ensure that both printers have been updated to the latest firmware version See Update my printer s firmware 2 Ensure that you have the latest printer driver for both printers You can download the latest versions for any HP printer from http www hp com go designijet 268 Chapter18 The problem is print quality topics ENWW 3 Ensure that Color Calibration is turned on At the fron
156. d then print a color patch reference sheet Wait until this process has finished 6 Inthe list of media profiles select the paper type loaded in the printer You will be asked to generate a new media profile 7 Press the Media Profile button E NOTE The Media Setup window varies according to the printer model 8 Load the color sheet into the scanner face down centering the sheet on the scanner as usual 9 Press the Scan Color Sheet button 10 Close the window when the color sheet has been scanned The media profile is now in the list of available media profiles You can use the Delete button to delete media profiles Only user created profiles can be deleted Copy a document 1 Ifyou do not already have a media profile for the paper type you are planning to print on you must create one See Create a new media profile 2 Insert your document a Place the document face down with the top edge forward in the scanner insertion slot Align the center of the document with the centre of the insertion slot b Slide the document gently into the insertion slot until you feel it pulled into the start position 3 Select color or black and white copying Your selection determines which type of original templates will be available in the following step ENWW Create a new media profile 221 4 Select the type of original template a Press the Type of original button in the Copy tab OP MOH Type of Original Color
157. d this problem See Change the print quality A NOTE You will have to remove the accumulated pile of cut sheets from the stacker every now and then If you retrieve just one job from the stack try to leave the stack in a tidy condition otherwise you may experience stacking problems and paper jams 310 Chapter27 Tell me about paper topics ENWW 28 Tell me about multiroll topics 4500 A NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only e The uses of a multiroll printer o How the printer allocates jobs to paper rolls e Roll switching policy Unattended printing m9 ow 22 oa 22 mr 0 H w ENWW 311 aa 3 Cc a a m e O L P QI S D Q O O ag The uses of a multiroll printer A multiroll printer can be useful in several different ways e You can switch between different paper types quickly and without touching the printer e You can switch between different paper widths quickly and without touching the printer This enables you to save paper by printing smaller images on narrower paper e f you load two identical rolls into the printer you can leave it printing unattended for a long time because it can switch from one roll to the other automatically when the first is exhausted See Unattended printing How the printer allocates jobs to paper rolls When you submit a print job from the Embedded Web Serve
158. d to prevent you from accidentally inserting it into the wrong position Check that the colored label on the printhead matches the colored label of the carriage position into which the printhead is to be inserted 2 Insert the new printhead into its correct position in the carriage CAUTION Insert the printhead slowly and vertically straight down It may be damaged if you insert it too fast or at an angle or if you turn it as you insert it ENWW Insert a printhead 181 _ a gt ra c How do l topics 3 Push down as indicated by the arrow shown below soido L O 2 O 7 lt m a D 3 When installing the new printhead there may be some resistance so you need to press it down firmly but smoothly If you have difficulty see cannot insert a printhead 4 Insert any other printheads that need to be installed and close the carriage cover TTF rr sp 00 toas When all the printheads have been inserted correctly and accepted by the printer the printer will beep NOTE Ifthe printer does not beep when you insert the printhead and the Replace message appears on the front panel the printhead may need to be reseated 182 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 5 Latch the carriage cover 6 Close the window 7 The front panel display confirms that all printheads are correctly inserted Ug Bd Se Ve 8 Now replace the printhe
159. d used by ArcMap to OQ 2A O O O 2 168 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW send the print job to the printer There are from one to three options available depending on license and printer configurations e Windows is the default and is always available regardless of the printer in use It allows the application to use the installed HP GL 2 and RTL driver e PostScript is available only if your printer supports PostScript and the PostScript driver was selected in the Name section This allows you to output the file as a Postscript file This option may be useful in certain specific cases but in general it is not recommended e ArcPress is an extension that can be purchased for printing from ArcGIS It is a software RIP that takes the original metafile and rasterizes it before sending it to the printer so that the printer does not need to rasterize it This is beneficial because some printers are not capable of rasterization or do not have enough memory to process large jobs Use ArcPress always with HP RTL RGB TrueColor Printing with the Windows printer engine 1 Ensure that you have installed the HP GL 2 and RTL driver 2 When you are ready to print select File gt Page and Print Setup and select the HP GL 2 and RTL driver Page and Print Setup z x gt Pinter Setup Name E HP Designjet 4000 HPGL2RTL Status Ready Type HP Designjet 4000 HPGL2 ATL Where IP_15 180 34 65
160. dann ins tee peu nate eas 325 31 Tell me about getting help topics ae INS ON SUPPOR aiar e Ales uta detaties lO dalled ecb cess a a eat teretas 328 PIP CUSTOMER C Ale tanec teeth E Boat carn Sele Sak ae near eine E EEE E E ET 328 FIP sDESIGMSP OMMMNG oaee seuasee caccnecuensete stan aseteae aE E a AE O REE EE rE 329 OTHER SOUTCES Ol TON NUON ssion eaa a E ease EE 329 32 Legal information Worldwide Limited Warranty HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp 04 332 A Extent of HP Limited Warranty ccccccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeseeeeesseeeessaeeeesaaeeeeas 332 Bx Lintatons Oma iINY tosses therctein tailed ht astets a Seveat a RS 333 NOGA NW cag oats ec eh ch cases coe aces eeuecaeae asso ateeucd esimct E 334 Hewlett Packard Software License AGre Me n cccccceccceceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeesaeeeeesnaeses 335 AP SOPTWARE LICENSE TERMS tosttcanitcascornn veneer atcdau odoin a a N a 335 Open source acknowledgments iciciiinci ind edn Rail nei til oeetshenn en aaa nh eae 336 Regulatory NOCES sisses daustasieunadshlanbanwadtianldasvadetvedeauwatnlgitonunanti tanta NensiaalSeuditlevan toda a 337 Regulatory Model INUIMD OCR so a O 237 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY EMC sinerien ana iaai 337 FCC Statements US Adain aa E E E E int etlacevtes 337 SinlelIded Cables ssca cies E 337 Normes de s curit Canada cccccssseccccseseeccsesececcenscecceuseeessa
161. daptation is an essential step in the authorized Use of the Software You must reproduce all copyright notices in the original Software on all copies or adaptations You may not copy the Software onto any public network No Disassembly or Decryption You may not disassemble or decompile the Software unless HP s prior written consent is obtained In some jurisdictions HP s consent may not be required for limited disassembly or decompilation Upon request you will provide HP with reasonably detailed information regarding any disassembly or decompilation You may not decrypt the Software unless decryption is a necessary part of the operation of the Software Transfer Your license will automatically terminate upon any transfer of the Software Upon transfer you must deliver the Software including any copies and related documentation to the transferee The transferee must accept these License Terms as a condition to the transfer Termination HP may terminate your license upon notice for failure to comply with any of these License Terms Upon termination you must immediately destroy the Software together with all copies adaptations and merged portions in any form or if the Software is supplied integrated into the HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series or 4500mfp stop using the HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series or 4500mfp Export Requirements You may not export or re export the Software or any copy or adaptation in violation of any applicable
162. dia profiles downloading 127 media profiles for the scanner 4500 221 memory error 292 memory error AutoCAD 292 Memory expansion accessory 4000 installing 44 memory specifications 318 Microsoft Office 168 mirror image 149 mirror image unexpected 273 misaligned colors 265 moving the printer 204 multiroll printing 4500 311 N nesting 134 non HP ink cartridges 304 non HP paper 128 O on hold for paper ordering accessories 325 ink cartridges 322 paper 322 printhead cleaners 322 printheads 322 orientation 147 out of memory error 292 overlapping images 273 overlapping lines 151 oversize pages 146 288 P page size custom 142 palette changing settings 150 paper cannot load 4000 236 cannot load 4500 237 displaying information 127 non HP 128 tips 308 paper advance calibration 215 paper jam 4000 237 paper jam 4500 239 paper jam in drawer 2 4500 paper not flat 262 paper sizes max amp min 316 paper types front panel names 308 ordering 322 recommended 308 supported 308 weights 322 widths 322 partial print 272 PDF 151 PDF clipped 274 PDF missing objects 274 pen settings ineffective 274 Photoshop HP GL 2 amp RTL driver 156 PostScript driver 159 physical specifications 317 portrait orientation 147 PostScript 151 power specifications 318 preventive maintenance 301 previewing copies 4500 227 print job canceling 131 ink usage 196 nesting 134 paper usage 196 queue management 131 repri
163. e o a 9 O 5 Jaded 218 Chapter15 How do l paper advance calibration topics ENWW 16 How dol Scanner topics 4500 scanner Te S V 2 Q O _ How dol A NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only Calibrate the scanner Calibrate the touch screen pointer e Create a new media profile o Copy a document o Scan a document to a file e Print a file e View or delete a file e Scan heavyweight paper or cardboard e Preview copies e Add anew printer e Save files on a CD or DVD e Access the shared folder from my computer e Adjust color e Enable or disable scanner accounts e Check the printer queue e Collate copies e Clean the glass e Setsleep and wake up timers ENWW 219 Calibrate the scanner Your scanner should be recalibrated once a month to maintain the best scan quality LOP MOH 1 Before calibrating read the scanner s online guide on how to clean the scan area Then turn off the scanner and clean the scan area Calibration will not work well if the scan area is not clean ar O O L T O1 2 When you have finished cleaning the scan area turn on the scanner and leave it on for at least an hour before proceeding to the next step Jauueds 3 Press the Options button in the Setup tab Options 4 Press the Scanning button in the Options box Scan Options 5 Press the Scanner Main
164. e 23 39 in 33 11 in pe Q N Q wide A1 wide A0 PT En HP Universal High Gloss Photo Paper 190 Q1426A AE Q1427A AE Q1428A AE none none Cw N N N o 0 ET HP Universal Semi Gloss Photo Paper 190 Q1420A AE Q1421A AE Q1422A AE none none 5 N N N ENWW Ordering paper 323 Table 30 6 Universal Line continued Name g m 24 in wide 36inwide 42inwide 23 39 in 33 11 in wide A1 wide A0 HP Universal Instant Dry Photo Gloss 190 Q6574A AE Q6575A AE Q6576A AE none none N N N HP Universal Instant Dry Photo Semi 190 Q6579A AE Q6580A AE Q6581A AE none none Gloss N N N HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper 80 Q1396A AE Q1397A AE Q1398A AE Q8003A J none N N N HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper 300 ft 80 none none none Q8004A EJ Q8005 EJ HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper 500 ft 80 none Q8002A AE none none none N Designjet 4500 series only HP Universal Coated Paper 95 Q1404A AE Q1405A AE Q1406A none none N N HP Universal Heavyweight Coated Paper 120 Q1412A AE Q1413A Q1414A AE none none N N OT my Table 30 7 Display Graphics Name g m 24 in wide 36 in wide 42 in wide HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper 210 Q6626A Q6627A Q6628A HP Banners with Tyvek 140 none C6787A AEN none Designjet 4000 series only HP Colorfast Adhesive Vinyl 328 none C6775A none Designjet 4000 series only HP Backlit Film Reverse Print Matte 160 none C7960A AEN none HP Studio Canvas 368 none C6771A none Designjet 4000 series only HP Outdoor Billboa
165. e copies 1 2 3 4 5 Press the Print tab Press the Add to List button Using the check boxes select multiple files for printing Press the Number of Sets button and select the number of copies you wish to print Press the Print button The files that you selected form a set which is printed the number of times that you selected Clean the glass 1 2 Turn the scanner power off and disconnect the scanner power cable Push down on the two lever buttons found near the insertion slot on each side of the scanning area lid The scanning area lid locking mechanism should now be disengaged As you hold both lever buttons down place your free fingers in the insertion slot and flip the scanning area lid open The scanning area is now exposed for cleaning Gently wipe the glass plate with a lint free cloth dampened with a mild streak free glass cleaner A CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene or fluids that contain these chemicals Do not spray liquids directly onto the scanner s glass plate or anywhere else in the scanner The lifespan of the glass plate depends on the paper types that pass across it Abrasive papers such as mylar may cause premature deterioration in which case the replacement of the plate is the customer s responsibility Dry the glass completely using a separate clean dry lint free cloth like the one provided with the maintenance kit Set sleep and wake up timers 1 2 3 4 Pr
166. e is not enough paper of the selected type to print the whole job On the HP Designjet 4500 series a job may be held in the queue for one of these reasons while other jobs in the queue are printed because the right paper is available for them In this case you can print the held job by loading the correct paper and using the front panel or the Embedded Web Server to continue the job e If you are using Mac OS with a FireWire or USB connection you may find that you need to change the data encoding Select the icon then Default printing options gt PS options gt Select encoding gt ASCII Then configure your application to send ASCII data ENWW The printer does not print 289 me O pi O 2 1 y4 0 s Wajqoid au The print file may lack a proper file terminator and the printer is therefore waiting for the specified I O timeout period before assuming it is complete If you are using Mac OS with a FireWire or USB connection select the M icon then Default printing options gt PS options gt Select encoding gt ASCII Then configure your application to send ASCII data Nesting may be on and the printer is waiting for the specified nest wait timeout period before calculating the appropriate nests In this case the printer display shows the remaining time for the nesting timeout You may have requested a print preview from your printer driver This is a function you can use to check that the image is the one you want In
167. e margins you have defined You can tell the scanner to compensate for this behaviour by selecting the Setup tab then the Margins button then the Clip contents by printer s margins option Subsequently the margins you select in the scanner software should correspond to the printed margins However if image is as wide as the paper you may find that the edges of the image are not printed Streaks in the scanned image If the problem is visible when previewing the image on screen it may be due to dirt or scratches on the glass First try to clean the glass see Clean the glass If the problem persists you may need to replace the glass 284 Chapter22 The problem is scanner topics 4500 ENWW 23 ENWW The problem is other topics e The printer s start up process does not complete e A front panel message e A printhead monitoring message e A printheads are limiting performance message e An on hold for paper message 4500 e The printer does not print e The printer seems slow e The application slows down or hangs up while generating the print job e Communication failures between computer and printer e cannot access the Embedded Web Server from my browser e An out of memory error e An AutoCAD 2000 memory allocation error e The platen rollers squeak 285 j T lt mer w 23 es O Lo Ko O j O O r m The printer s start up process does not complete R ip inven
168. e of the IP address 16 23 61 128 in this example HP Designjet 4500ps Fast Ethernet EWS address http NPTee4acs EEBEA http 716 23 61 128 3 Open the Printer Setup Utility and choose Add Printer from the Printers menu or Add from the Utilities list in earlier versions of Mac OS X Select IP Printing from the popup menu Select Socket HP Jetdirect Enter the printer s IP address which you noted in step 2 and a queue name Select HP and your printer model Click the Add button ee Ff Ss o eS The connection is configured automatically and the printer is now available on the network 94 Chapter4 How do l software setup topics ENWW Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 ENWW A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only You can connect your printer to a network under Mac OS 9 using the following methods e TCP IP e AppleTalk Using TCP IP Before you begin make sure that your printer is switched on and connected to the network To connect your printer using TCP IP 1 Go to the front panel and select the M icon 2 The front panel will display some information including the printer s IP address Make a note of the IP address 16 23 61 128 in this example Ready for paper HP Designjet 4500ps oye Fast Ethernet EWS address http NPI e 4ecs FEEBEA Ces We 2st eh lea 3 Goto your computer and open the Desktop Printer Utility located in the HP Designjet 4
169. e printer is not ready to print it may be off or in sleep mode It is green when the printer is ready and idle green and flashing when the printer is busy amber when a Serious internal error has occurred amber and flashing when awaiting human attention The Up key moves to the previous item in a list or increases a numerical value The Select key selects the item that is currently highlighted The front panel T am O _ S xe O _ 10 The Back key goes back to the previous menu If you press it repeatedly or hold it down you will soon return to the main menu 11 The Down key moves to the next item in a list or decreases a numerical value To highlight an item in the front panel press the Up or Down key until the item is highlighted P a O Q O O To select an item in the front panel first highlight it and then press the Select key The four front panel icons are all found in the main menu If you need to select or highlight an icon and you don t see the icons in the front panel press the Back key until you can see them When this guide shows a series of front panel items like this Item1 gt Item2 gt Item3 it means that you should select Item1 then select Item2 then select Item3 Information about specific uses of the front panel can be found throughout this guide Printer software The following software is provided with your printer e The Embedded Web Server
170. e queue To make any job in the queue the next one to be printed select it and choose Reprint in the Embedded Web Server or Move to front in the front panel If nesting is turned on the prioritized job may still be nested with others If you really want this job to be printed next and on its own on the roll first turn nesting off and then move it to the front of the queue as described above Deleting a job from the queue Under normal circumstances there is no need to delete a job from the queue after printing it as it will just fall off the end of the queue as more files are sent However if you have sent a file in error and want to avoid any chance of it being reprinted you can simply delete it by selecting it and choosing Delete in the Embedded Web Server or in the front panel In the same way you can delete a job that has not been printed yet If the job is currently being printed Status printing in the Web server or its queue position is O in the front panel and you want both to cancel the job and to delete it first click the Cancel icon in the Web server or press the Cancel key on the front panel and then delete it from the queue Making copies of a job in the queue To make extra copies of any job in the queue select the job in the Embedded Web Server and click the Reprint icon then specify the number of copies you want The job will be moved to the top of the queue 132 Chapter How do l print job topic
171. e roll has not been loaded correctly the right hand edge was not aligned with the half circle on the platen Press the Select key to try to load the roll again Right edge of sheet too far from load The sheet has not been loaded correctly the right hand edge was not line aligned with the half circle on the platen Press the Select key to try to load the sheet again Right edge not found The printer cannot locate the right hand edge of the paper the paper may be badly positioned Press the Select key and try to load the roll again Sheet edge not found The printer cannot locate the edges of the paper the paper may be badly positioned Press the Select key and try to reload the sheet Paper not found During the paper load process the printer did not detect any paper Press the Select key to retry Paper loaded with too much skew During the paper load process the printer detected that the paper had too much skew Press the Select key to try to load the paper again Paper too small During the load process the printer detected that the paper is too narrow or too short to be loaded in the printer Press the Cancel key to stop the load process See Functional specifications Paper too big During the load process the printer has detected that the paper is either too wide or too long sheet only to be loaded properly Press the Cancel key to stop the load process See Functional specifications 236 Chapter1 7 The problem is pap
172. e the Factory palette but you can define Palettes A and B to be whatever you choose These palettes will be applied only to HP GL 2 jobs with no software palette embedded A NOTE All HP GL 2 jobs generated by the HP GL 2 driver that comes with the printer will include an embedded software palette and thus any palette settings in the front panel will be ignored To redefine Palette A 1 Go to the front panel select the icon then Default printing options gt HP GL 2 options gt Define palette gt Palette A Define palette OP MOH E Fa le tt B amp Factory Q Q t c N r 3 D r r O O e a6eul 2 Scroll to the pen number you want to change and press Select ad You can see the current width assigned to this pen by selecting Width for example Width 0 35 mm If you want to change it Press Select Scroll to the width you want Press Select again Press Back to get to the previous menu Color Width Otherwise scroll to Color gt nm p A p When you select Color the current color assigned to the pen is displayed for example Color 110 If you want to change it 9 Press Select 150 Chapter9 How do l image adjustment topics ENWW 10 Scroll to the color you want 11 Press Select again 12 Press Back to get to the previous menu 13 When both width and color are correct press Back 14 Scroll to the next pen number you want to change press Select and then
173. e two paper type settings in the front panel especially designed for printing at maximum speed Image quality settings Paper types front panel Print content Print quality Optimized for Maximum detail Lines draft Fast Drawings text Off Max Speed Bright White ENWW Print at maximum speed 145 Image quality settings Paper types front panel Print content Print quality Optimized for Maximum detail e Max Speed Bond Papert To use Max Speed Bright White load HP Bright White Inkjet Bond Paper and select Max Speed Bright White from the list of paper types in the front panel t To use Max Speed Bond Paper load HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper and select Max Speed Bond Paper from the list of paper types in the front panel Adjust the margins The printer margins determine the printable area of the page that can be used by your application There are three margin options Small Normal and Extended see also Print without added margins For the dimensions of the margins see Functional specifications You can specify the margins in the following ways e Using the Windows HP GL 2 printer driver Normal margins are selected by default To select the other options select the Paper Quality tab and press the Margins Layout button e Using the Windows PostScript printer driver select the Paper Quality tab then Size is You select the page size and the margins at the same time e Using a Mac OS printer driver select
174. east the horizontal bands will be much more noticeable in one color than in the others A NOTE Banding in the green strips is more difficult to see and it may be caused by a yellow printhead or by a cyan printhead If you see banding only in the green strip it is caused by a yellow printhead if you see banding in the green and cyan strips it is caused by a cyan Pe ren Corrective action 1 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings 2 Clean the printheads See Recover clean the printheads 3 Reprint the Image Diagnostics Print If you still see banding continue with steps 4 and 5 4 As there are two printheads for each color check exactly which printhead is responsible for the problem using Part 3 of the Image Diagnostics Print See Interpret Image Diagnostics part 3Part 3 5 Replace the printhead that shows the problem See Remove a printhead and Insert a printhead Horizontal bands across all the colored strips If the printer has paper advance problems you will see horizontal bands across all the colored strips A NOTE Banding in the green strips is more difficult to see Corrective action 1 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings 2 Ifyou are using low quality paper try better quality paper The performance of your printer can be guaranteed only if you use recommended papers See Supported paper types 3
175. eceeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeesaases 268 Printing via Separate PostScript CIiVEIS cccccccceccccecceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeceeseeeeeseeesaaeeeeas 268 Printing via Separate HP GL 2 rivelrs ccccccccseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeecseeeeeseeeeesaeeeeessageesaaeeees 269 Printing the same AP GL 2 tile cyria a a A N 270 19 The problem is image error topics The printis completely DIA AK winged ls ates en ecwer a ora a a a 2 2 The output contains only a partial Print cece cccccceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeseeese cess eeseeeseeeeeeeeseueeseeesaees 272 Me lag hetero owe 9 o 21 Deeataen amen tasitss actionable a Res ins Ne lO ne eae 2 2 The image is in one portion of the Printing Ar a ccc cccccceecceseeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeueeeeeeeeeeesaeeeesaeeeeeaeeeeeaaas 2 3 The image is unexpectedly rotated cccccccccsesecssseeceseeceeseesesscceaeeceeeecseeeceusessueeseegsensuesensessneetens 2 3 The print is a mirror image of the OriQinal cccccceccccssseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeesseeeeeeseaeeeeesaeeeeesseeeeeeeaaess 213 The print is distorted or Unintelligible cccccccccsseccsseceeseeeceeeseseesesecsenscseseeseueesegeeeeueeseueesseeeeenes 213 One image overlays another on the Same ShEEet ccccccsseeeeceeeeeeseeeeeseeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeesaeeeees 273 Pen settings Seem to Nave No effecten ie naa etl td he uated nee de eae 274 Some objects are missing from
176. echasseecetassar Ssavedoctave fess tstisedeceuaateaeiae seceaeone ines Sewers teottas 229 Adda NeW OMIM CM oa axenic lens sees A adhe oo ed adieas ee nea dee chee N ones 230 Save fles OfisaeG DOF DVDaren s a a a ded Babstetedieakaeee ei elton 231 Access the shared folder from My COMPUMET c csscccccsesceececeseeeccesceeeceuseeecsaeeecseseesssseeessageeess 231 Accessing the shared folder from Windows XP cccscccceeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeseeeeesaes 231 Accessing the shared folder from Windows 2000 ccccccceeceeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeeesaeeeeeaaeeeesees 232 Accessing the shared folder from Windows Q8 cccccseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeesaeeeeeaeeeessees 232 Accessing the shared folder from Mac OS X cccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeeeessaeeeeseeeeeeeseaes 232 PAUS CC OOM arenes tclancutntate iar dcctascoaaannierstase oteartee easel eruiencaranepcamsag tte cnahejeusetgce ie Get ay toate nentennneaet aime santa eaten tame 232 Enable or disable scanner ACCOUNMS cccccccccseeceeeeceeecaeeceueecueeceueceaueceueesaeecsueesaeesuesueesaeessnessaness 233 CRIEGK TGs pime CIC US x6 aos ces shoe ears ce Seat ese acc see ee ded ies eel eee E 233 COE CODES aeeain aN ee nee ne eerie te eee ee en Snes Re Ae Rn En A ee Oe RP mn eee en ne ne ee ne ee 234 Clean the glaS Slanci a a nen moon miosn Sane eoceeaamaey eae pemrci datas 234 Set sleep ANd wake up TIMES ec ceeccceeccceesceceeeeceeeeecaceseaeeese
177. ecover from these error conditions Code Short message Suggested action 13 01 Reseat all cartridges Remove and re insert all the print cartridges see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge If the problem persists please contact your customer service representative 26 0 01 Reseat yellow cartridge The yellow cartridge is not detected please try to re install it see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge If the problem persists please contact your customer service representative 26 1 01 Reseat magenta cartridge The magenta cartridge is not detected please try to re install it see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge If the problem persists please contact your customer service representative 26 2 01 Reseat black cartridge The black cartridge is not detected please try to re install it see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge If the problem persists please contact your customer service representative 26 3 01 Reseat cyan cartridge The cyan cartridge is not detected please try to re install it see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge If the problem persists please contact your customer service representative 286 Chapter23 The problem is other topics ENWW Code Short message Suggested action 27 03 38 1 01 38 2 01 39 01 61 01 61 04 1 61 08 1 62 04 63 04 64 04 66 08 71 03 76 03 77 04 81
178. ee warranty note this indicates that non HP ink is being used See Worldwide Limited Warranty HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp for details of the warranty implications Op MOH soido a 7 lt P D 194 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 12 ENWW How do l accounting topics e Get accounting information from the printer e Check printer usage statistics e Check ink and paper usage for a job e Request accounting data by E mail 195 O a prar a O S topics How do l Get accounting information from the printer There are various different ways of getting accounting information from your printer I e Q O Pp o Ta O 9 E e P oO Er Q 4 2 3 4 5 View printer usage statistics for the whole lifetime of the printer or for particular periods See Check printer usage statistics View ink and paper usage for each of your recent jobs by using the Embedded Web Server or the printer s front panel See Check ink and paper usage for a job Request accounting data by E mail The printer sends data in XML at regular intervals to a specified E mail address the data may be interpreted and summarized by a third party application or displayed as an Excel spreadsheet See Request accounting data by E mail Use a third party application to request printer status printer usage or job account
179. eeceeeceececseeceeeceueceueesueesaeeceueeeuessaeesueeseeesssueesseeses 216 ATOR CaliDGatiONn keanan E E tases eat etacre E E eee 218 16 How do l scanner topics 4500 ENWW Calibrate Wie scanne encino a a a ie ee 220 Calibrate the touch screen POINTEL ccc cecccececceeeceeeeeceececeeeeeseeeeceececsaeeesaeeesaeeseeessueesseeessegeesaaees 220 Create a new media profille cnc nna e a a Ree a a 221 CODY AOC UM CINE renr a E a 221 Scan a document to aTe gresi E a a Soeeadedeenes Yabecaar a 224 vii PDECAT see eAC et emt a eer eet nE Meee TN mee REMC IEy PRE tree nee a Ret eee et hr Renee tT nee MOUSE Cone Per aCe TnI Ree ern TC 224 VIEW Or GEIST ea Tl Gaara Maes a etna ie asc aa Seansncene a corse dee 225 Scan heavyweight paper or CardDOald cccccceccceceeeeeceaeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeseseeeesaeeeeeeeeas 225 FBO WIOW CO CS ae rice leh cried elaine Bae neg pearlescent cpa ceded idem wade bhai ead 22 ZOOM Alliorece eekacecr teu Gece a a a a a E 227 ZOOM Wess sencieetencheetiecatee eas eee ee E elt 22 LOOO U e E A A E A N 227 One to one pixel VIEWING scsi canctesdcess siete iceipeteeaccicdsoieeda aeeso eee ahaa 228 RESIZE paperi aM Onsu Bo ade aoe ado sus sds tieede atic a a aa 228 OV COO Mert ra octets E te a Atte tts eet liealaeuk Ria lta ald ete ulate ee hana toulee neal a 228 POSIMOM ING Papel NaMe soccer tod 5 coer cestaee a wage eta eeu se gerne 228 Align left and align VIQI lt cesecce2szsctas
180. eeeseeeeesaeeeeaenees 155 Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS HP GL 2 amp RTL driver cccccseeessseeeseeeeeeeeeens 156 Applicaton setings unn a a a a aa a thal siautat gerieiastediaeetvede 156 POFIVET SCUING S saraa a a NO 158 PANE SEUNS aries a A n A t Uni tinuesh 159 Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS PostScript Criver cccccseeceeseeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeas 159 Applicaton Settings riara a a ces a sou ea toate AEE E 160 Driver Settings aaraa EN a N ed 163 PPPOE SCMING S caresses auincialeind caataceancienswntade dae ebcuebnaetind cakes ckabiicutdueaxindawmensestagduabatnibnaetwla teens 163 Get accurate colors from Adobe InDesign CS ccccccccccsesceceeeeeceeuseeeseueeessaeeeesaseeesageeesseueessenenenss 163 PADD IG AUIONISS CUI Sasien aaa a T n Aai 163 Dnver SUING S aster ssr annaa daicciond cue vamcinta dha dtaalaaras paces tua taneaniuantelcdMedrarinicclaad 165 PENEI SEUNG Sorenta decnrdeena reheat a metuban lau acduiewa pide E olatent 166 Get accurate colors from QuarkXPress 6 cccccccsseseeccceseeecceuseeeceaseeeeceuseeceseaseeessaeeeessaseeesseeeessanes 166 Applicaton Seting Seseo ee avodart ee eons ora eee at aes tog ae ee 166 Diver SEUN JS arsa a E a huaadehiveimsaahunvetbsaheniiad 168 PANET SOUNO Sari N A a E alariabale 168 Get accurate colors from Autodesk AUtOCAD ccccccseecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeseeeeesaeeeesaegeesaeeeeesaes 168 Get accurate colors fro
181. eesaeeeeesaeeeeessaeeeseeeesseeeeesaeseesaaneees 292 Whe platen FONCTS SQUCAK 3 cccci 52 asdshesdacSoss et des cucehiecsied aaa aaa a a anaE a aA Ea Aa aaea aai 292 24 Tell me about Embedded Web Server topics 25 Tell me about printer topics Color emulation MOCGES sis pce espa lve hs acted Sedecdu nia bates eddies dda nedend eceduneadeanaldanaiccadadidelohidund faacddad Erena Ennan nnen 298 CMYVIK COlOK emulatoren eee ade testes doen ad ate aeeate ede ed ae dds 298 ROB COOP emula tOM enine a vas se aceasta a ac nerds eee aadindbes 299 COnMGCHING ING Orinten aaa aa e a a a a a ea 299 The PUMICE SLOAN MCAS ont suits tein a ae E a Sammncartebuniien dali 300 The printers intemal OPIS sese2cek oaks yeecae aces a reac elena tae ae ad tobe tetas eens E 300 Preventive TVA LS INC 0 cesta eid easter e ge ae ea a ait etude nae eden sede ew nese 301 26 Tell me about ink system topics MK CAMO SS cere advance dustacaveastedaises sides actinaWrat iaiobitannteawinauanntOvatcale inoue dabiiacee satan 304 Replacing NK CamnaGeS ct icicseti ass sincssantad anal a Gate ume A 304 FFT EISU AAS 2 Saft at sn cynthia abla elas ule a e 305 Pinhead CIS ANNO S ise se att eas ated ssl oea ace dacaha scala a eal ear sia ends 306 NAIK SY SUC IMTS sd censtetiawsyrtadantadietaisasereactan auntie anc olen aurea wane ciulah E E 306 27 Tell me about paper topics USINO PADO enge Ea desee nieces tacar a a Seco ca decide 308 SUDPOrted Paper ly DCS wav
182. elect the a icon then Paper unload gt Unload sheet To give the ink time to dry the printer holds the sheet for some time see Drying time Load a roll onto the spindle 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only 1 Push the grey button and remove the blue paper stop from the spindle 2 If your roll has a three inch cardboard core ensure that the core adaptors supplied with the printer have been installed See below 3 The roll may be long and heavy rest the spindle horizontally on a table and load the roll on the table Bear in mind that you may need two people to handle it 4 Slide the new roll onto the spindle Make sure the paper type is oriented as shown If it is not remove the roll turn it 180 degrees and slide it back on to the spindle A NOTE There is also a diagram on the outside face of each paper stop showing the correct orientation 118 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW Press the roll towards the black paper stop until it clicks into place E NOTE Ifyou have difficulty with this try turning the spindle to a vertical position so that gravity presses the roll against the stop 6 Ensure there is no space between the roll and the black stop 7 Put the blue paper stop on to the other end of the spindle and push it towards the end of the roll ee Ensure there is no space between the roll and the blue stop ENWW Load a roll onto
183. en select Clip Contents By Margins from the layout options e Using the Embedded Web Server on the Submit Job page select Clip Contents By Margins from the Margin layout list e Using the front panel select Default printing options gt Paper options gt Select layout gt Clip contents by margins This option is not available from the Windows PostScript driver or the Mac OS drivers When using this option you can select the width of the margins as usual see Adjust the margins The printer continues to use margins it just takes them out of the image instead of adding them to the image Select the orientation of the image ENWW The orientation of the image may be portrait or landscape When you see it on screen e The height of a portrait image is greater than its width a tall image Print without added margins 147 LLET ts wD Oo O re Pa DE zo D Tg e The width of a landscape image is greater than its height a wide image You should select the orientation that your image has when you see it on screen If you have a landscape image and you select portrait or if you have a portrait image and you select landscape the image may be clipped when printed You can select the orientation using a printer driver or the Embedded Web Server e Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows NT go to the Orientation section of the Page Setup tab e Using any other printer driver for Windows go to
184. end customer express limited warranty rights from HP the manufacturer In addition you may also have other legal rights under the applicable local law or special written agreement with HP co 2 h O a Q c O 2 HP warrants to you that the HP products specified above will be free from defects in materials and workmanship during the Limited Warranty Period specified above The Limited Warranty Period starts on the date of purchase Your dated sales or delivery receipt showing the date of purchase of the product is your proof of purchase date You may be required to provide proof of purchase as a condition of receiving warranty service You are entitled to warranty service according to the terms and conditions of this document if a repair or replacement of your HP Products is required within the Limited Warranty Period 3 For software products HP s Limited Warranty applies only to a failure to execute programming instructions HP does not warrant that the operation of any product will be uninterrupted or error free 4 HP s Limited Warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the HP products and does not apply to any a Improper or inadequate maintenance or modification b Software interfacing media parts or supplies not provided or supported by HP or c Operation outside the product s specifications Routine printer maintenance operations in the HP Designjet 4000 4500
185. er printing has been done LOP MOH E NOTE Ifyou prefer to save some time at the expense of print quality you can turn off these soido automatic procedures from the front panel by selecting the M icon then Printer configuration gt Auto printhead alignment gt Off and Printer configuration gt Color calibration gt Off a 7 lt a D The front panel may request that you load paper that is suitable for printhead alignment The printhead alignment procedure requires a roll of opaque paper not a single sheet and not any kind of transparent or translucent material When the front panel displays Ready you are ready to print E NOTE Make sure the printer window and the right hand door are closed after you replace the supplies The printer will not print while these are open Check the status of the ink system 1 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server 2 Go to the Supplies page Joea 4200 Microsoft Intcrnet Explorer provided by Hcwicft Rackard Be Edt yem feris pei the a Pii D l h a ea al e a a hiis iden links E a i ihkcwtkige ete hei Capir Type Wiitenty misiri HN dre ets rmai eas june a mrii PF Fiy i J EEEE eee e OE ele 3 The Supplies page shows you the status of the ink cartridges including the ink levels the printheads the printhead cleaners and the loaded paper 192 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW
186. er topics ENWW Front panel message Suggested action Sheet too long During the load process the printer has detected that the sheet is too long to be loaded properly Make sure that the printer expects sheet and not roll Press the Select key to try to load the paper again See Functional specifications Lever lifted During the load process the paper load lever was lifted This prevents the printer from loading the paper Press the Select key to load the paper again The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4500 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The paper may be loaded at an angle skewed or mislocated The paper may be crumpled or warped or may have irregular edges If the paper gets stuck in the paper path to the platen it may be that the leading edge of the paper is not straight or clean and needs to be trimmed see Trim the paper with the manual cutter 4500 Remove the initial 2 cm 1 in from the roll and try again This may be necessary even with a new roll of paper Check that the drawer is correctly closed Check that the spindle is correctly inserted Check that the paper is correctly loaded on the spindle and that it loads over the roll towards yOu Check that the paper is wound tightly on the roll Here is a list of front panel messages related to paper loading with the suggested corrective action Sees Q Q w Y 2 O S Q o H
187. erial should stop the printer from sliding forwards ENWW Set up the printer 63 7 Remove the two foam end packs and the plastic covering the printer 8 Q a 25 3 2z 9 2 lt o P oO O O Sa as TR ag 10 64 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 11 Remove the packing tapes 1 to 12 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 14 Open the printhead cleaner door and remove the carriage packing material Then close the cleaner door ENWW Set up the printer 65 15 Install the Quick Reference Guide holder Angle the holder at the top 1 then position the two hooks and clip the lower part 2 to the rear of the printer OP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S 66 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW Connect and switch on the printer 1 Using the cable supplied connect the roll module to the printer A second socket is provided on the roll module to connect an optional accessory AN CAUTION Do not attempt to use this socket for any other purpose 2 Your printer can be connected to a computer directly or to one or more computers via a network printer How do l 3 A Fast Ethernet socket is provided for connection to a network Two FireWire sockets are provided for direct connection to computers Ke a V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 4 Pa
188. ert the sheet until it reappears from the printer as shown below AN WARNING Take care not to touch the rubber wheels on the platen while loading paper they may rotate and trap skin hair or clothing WARNING Take care not to push your fingers inside the printer s paper path It is not designed to accommodate fingers and the results may be painful 116 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 9 Align the leading edge of the sheet with the metal bar in the platen Align the right hand edge of the sheet with the left edge of the half circle on the platen as shown below 10 Lower the window 11 Lower the paper load lever 12 If the paper has been loaded successfully the front panel displays the Ready message and the printer is ready to print If something has gone wrong paper mispositioned or misaligned follow the instructions on the front panel 13 If you are printing on a sheet of paper less than 900 mm in length up to A1 size deploy the three mobile stoppers on the bin A NOTE When printing on sheet paper you are recommended to select Normal or Best print quality see Change the print quality NOTE Ifyou have an unexpected problem at any stage of the paper loading process see The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4000 ENWW Load a single sheet 4000 117 Unload a single sheet 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only At the printer s front panel s
189. esignjet 4500ps Product number Q12724 serial number AXAXSXAXKX Date Feb 4 2005 Service ID Select Language English Memory 256 MB If the memory size is now shown as 512 MB your memory expansion card has been correctly installed 44 Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 EA NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only Get started n Unpack the printer e Assemble the stand Attach the stand Attach the roll module Set up the printer printer e Connect and switch on the printer Install the ink cartridges Install the printheads OAA 0 RE f Te z O 2 Q O _ D Q Q p p 49 Install the printhead cleaners n Load roll 1 e Load roll 2 Assemble the bin ENWW 45 Get started The following topics describe how to assemble your new printer also described in the Printer assembly document Because some of the components of the printer are bulky you may need up to four people to lift them You will also need at least 3 x 5 m 10 x 16 ft of empty floor space and about four hours E NOTE Ifyou have bought the HP Designjet 4500 Scanner you can reduce the overall setup time by assembling the scanner first and then switching it on The scanner will take one hour to warm up Before you start unpacking consider where you are going to put the assembled prin
190. ess the Setup tab Press the Options button Press the System button Press the WIDEsystem button e To activate automatic power on select the check box for the day in the On column To modify the time select the hours digits and press the up or down buttons and then select the minutes digits and repeat the process Select AM or PM and press the up or down buttons e To activate automatic power off select the check box for the day in the Off column then set the time as described above Press the Apply button to confirm your changes and continue or press the OK button to confirm changes and exit WIDEsystem 234 Chapter16 How do l Scanner topics 4500 ENWW 17 The problem is paper topics e The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4000 e The paper cannot be loaded successfully 4500 e A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4000 e A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 e Apaper jam in drawer 2 4500 Prints do not stack properly in the bin 4000 a T Q 49 Q w OD O E S 0 o or O j O Q Kan i o Prints do not stack properly in the basket 4500 e The printer uses a lot of paper to align the printheads e The paper moves while the printer is in standby mode 4500 e The printer unloads or trims the paper after a long period of disuse 4500 e The printer unloads the paper while switched off 4500 e The printer unloads the paper when switched on 4500 ENWW 235 gt D
191. essage 275 C I am V O Kri EL 2S O t f oe o H N lt N n 1 n O O O a yut s w jqosd yL cannot insert an ink cartridge 1 Check that you have the correct type of cartridge model number 2 Check that the colored label on the cartridge is the same color as the label on the slot 3 Check that the cartridge is correctly oriented with the colored label at the top AN CAUTION Never clean inside the ink cartridge slots The printer will not accept a large black ink cartridge Black ink cartridges of 775 cm capacity are supported by the HP Designet 4500 series and by the HP Designjet 4000 series with firmware release 4 1 1 5 or later If you experience this problem with an HP Designjet 4000 series printer try updating the firmware see Update my printer s firmware cannot remove an ink cartridge In order to remove an ink cartridge you should first select Remove ink cartridges at the front panel see Remove an ink cartridge If you try to remove the cartridge without using the front panel the cartridge may get stuck and the front panel will display an error message To recover from this situation press on the cartridge itself not on the drawer or the blue tab to push it back into place The error message should then disappear it will disappear after a short time even if you have not corrected the problem and you can then restart the process in the cor
192. et print server J7934A HP Designjet 4000 Printer series 256 MB Memory Upgrade to increase the memory capacity Q5673A of your printer to work with complex files HP Designjet 4000 Roll Feed Spindle 42 spare spindles ease the process of switching Q5675A between different types of roll paper HP Designjet 4500 42 inch Roll Feed Spindle spare spindles ease the process of switching Q5676A between different types of roll paper HP Designjet 4500 Stacker Q5677A HP Designjet 4500 Scanner Q1277A o c G we A 35 2s C5 Oo EO m Q o rs j w accessories to ENWW Ordering accessories 325 IAO S IJOSS JJL ame O a Q D ep gt Co am K So D Q Q _ 2 3 D Q o O a 326 Chapter 30 Tell me about ordering supplies and accessories topics ENWW 31 ENWW Tell me about getting help topics n HP Instant Support e HP Customer Care HP Designjet Online Other sources of information 327 help topics O c _ J e3 O a m O Q e3 T H HP Instant Support HP Instant Support is HP s suite of troubleshooting tools that collect diagnostic information from your printer and match it with intelligent solutions from HP s knowledge bases allowing you to resolve problems as quickly as possible 3 D Q o e PE gt D O re O zg O Ui You can start an HP Instant Support session by
193. etwork connection can also be affected by the total amount of traffic from other devices on the network NOTE The Gigabit Ethernet and USB 2 0 accessories are installed in the same slot in the printer so they cannot both be installed at the same time This does not affect the Jetdirect print server accessory which is installed elsewhere NOTE There are various possible ways of connecting the printer to a network but only one of them can be active at a time with the exception of the Jetdirect print server which can be active at the same time as one other network connection Connect to a network Windows In order to set up a network connection you must configure the IP address of your printer There are two cases depending on the kind of IP address configuration on your network You need only to follow the steps of the case that applies to your network architecture I OP MOH e Automatic IP address configuration the printer obtains an IP address automatically N p or O mr eo O O 2 lemyos e Manual IP address configuration you need to enter an IP address manually Automatic IP address configuration In this case once the network cable is connected and the printer is powered up it automatically takes an IP address You need to get this value and perform the following steps to configure the printer in the network 1 Go to the front panel and select the icon ENWW 90 Chapter4 How do l software
194. f you like make a soft proof which means emulating on the screen how the image will look when printed To do this you will need an ICC profile for your monitor Select View gt Proof Setup gt Custom Use the following information to select options in the Proof Setup window e Profile choose the profile based on the printer model and paper type you intend to use e Preserve Color Numbers this checkbox tells the application how to simulate the document s appearance without converting colors from the Document Space to the Proof Profile Space It simulates the color shifts that may occur when the document s color values are interpreted using the Proof Profile instead of the Document Profile This option is not recommended e Intent this menu allows you to choose a rendering intent for the conversion from document space to simulation space letting you preview the effects of different renderings See Set the rendering intent e Use Black Point Compensation this option is recommended if you have chosen the Relative Colorimetric rendering intent See Perform black point compensation e Paper White this checkbox emulates the whiteness of the paper on the monitor The effect is the same as using the Absolute Colorimetric rendering intent e Ink Black this checkbox turns off the black point compensation for the rendering from simulation to the monitor So if the simulation space black is lighter than the monitor black you will see the washe
195. g printer How do l Ke z V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 ENWW Assemble the stand 55 LOP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 a lt r O O T QI S 29 Locate the pin into the interior of the right leg Attach the stand 1 Identify the left and right of the printer This information is shown on the foam end packs Also identify the rear of the printer 2 Pull open the protective plastic from the base of the printer Please ensure there is a three meter space clear of obstructions to the rear of the printer and one meter at the front of the printer Remove the two desiccant bags from the printer a a aiea 7 Im n 3f m a gt nt a e L Er a oad all 2 Te D 9f Rear 3 Using the screwdriver supplied remove the two screws that hold drawer 1 in place 56 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 4 Slide drawer 1 out until it touches the foam packaging _ z i Sel Ge L jia al 5 Place the stand upside down on top of the printer body Make sure you position the stand pins in the holes in the center of the printer body brackets The anti slip material should face to the rear of the printer printer How do l Ke 5 O 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q p p 49 6 Fix the right side of the stand to the printer using one screw Make sure that the s
196. ge Diagnostics Print topics ENWW If you have horizontal misalignment you will see something like this If you have vertical misalignment you will see something like this If you have bidirectional misalignment you will see something like this Image How do lI p 2 Q O _ _ e T aW V O O e amp CQ Corrective action 1 Align the printheads using the same paper type with which you were experiencing unacceptable print quality if feasible some paper types are not suitable for printhead alignment See Align the printheads 2 If there is no improvement in print quality contact your customer service representative ENWW Interpret Image Diagnostics part1 209 Interpret Image Diagnostics part 2 The purpose of part 2 is to test whether the printheads and the paper advance mechanism are working correctly This part of the print should not be used to check for color consistency or accuracy Banding Banding has occurred when you see repetitive horizontal bands within the printed image They can appear as light bands SSS or aS a more gradual wave effect Op MOH 0 21001 mn g Q Q m O 7 ct O 7 U r a O O G 210 Chapter14 How do l Image Diagnostics Print topics ENWW Horizontal bands across strips of one color only If a printhead is faulty you will see horizontal bands across strips of one color only or at l
197. ge in the front panel with one of the following error codes e 81 01 indicates that paper cannot advance into the printer e 84 1 01 indicates a paper jam in drawer 1 ENWW A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 239 e 84 2 01 indicates a paper jam in drawer 2 see A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 e 86 01 indicates that the printhead carriage cannot move from side to side OO 51 01 Possible paper jam Press to learn how to clear a paper jam If you press the Select key the front panel will display an animation showing how to recover from the paper jam Alternatively you can refer to this document see below Check printhead path m O O 1 Switch off the printer at the front panel then also switch off the power switch at the rear Jaded si wajqoid ay 2 Disengage the bin or stacker from the printer 3 Open the window 240 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW 4 Lift the drive pinch lever as far up as it will go paper V 9 Q e _ 2 Ko O S Q Ka H 6 Lift the roll 2 paper load lever ENWW A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 241 7 Lift the lower drawer upwards a little then pull it towards you as far as it will go _ 4 O a e 2 3S OL La 8 o Q O 4 a 9 242 Chapter17 The problem is paper topics ENWW 10 Lift the upper drawer upwards a little then pull it
198. ge setting select the Mi icon then Default printing options gt Select graphics language where the following options are available ENWW Change the treatment of overlapping lines 151 Graphics language automatic F OOPS O FOF O HP GL 2 O CALS G64 LJ TIFF aE T1 IPFE E Select Automatic to let the printer determine which type of file it is receiving This setting works for most software applications Select HP GL 2 if you are not working with PostScript files and you have experienced image position problems or timing problems Select PS if you are printing only PostScript files and your PostScript jobs do not start with the standard PostScript header PS and do not include PJL language switching commands Alternatively select PS if you have experienced problems while downloading PostScript fonts In this case please reselect Automatic after you have downloaded the fonts If you are downloading fonts over a USB connection select the icon then Default printing options gt PS options gt Select encoding gt ASCII Select TIFF JPEG PDF or CALS G4 only if you are sending a file of the appropriate type directly to the printer without going through a printer driver This is normally done only from the Embedded Web Server in which case the language setting is done by the Embedded Web Server and you do not have to do it yourself A NOTE The PS and PDF options are available with PostScript printers only OP MOH
199. ge the temperature 139 stacker How do l f Te S V 2 Q O _ Move or store the stacker Before moving or storing the stacker take a couple of steps to reduce the amount of space it occupies 1 Undo the screws at either side of the stacker tray and let the tray hang vertically LOP MOH or O s O L T O1 Jayoejs 140 Chapter8 How do l stacker topics 4500 ENWW 9 How do l image adjustment topics e Change the page size e Create a custom page size e Change the print quality e Choose print quality settings e Print at maximum speed e Adjust the margins e Print on oversize pages e Print without added margins e Select the orientation of the image e Rotate an image e Print a mirror image e Scale an image e Change the palette settings e Change the treatment of overlapping lines e Change the graphic language setting image wD Oo 2 ro P 4 DE r SE D Tg ENWW 141 Change the page size The page size can be specified in the following ways e Using a Windows printer driver select the Paper Quality tab then Size is e Using a Mac OS printer driver select Page Setup from the File menu select your printer in the Format for popup menu then Paper size e Using the Embedded Web Server go to the Page Size section of the Submit Job page Using the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Select p
200. ght including stand 115 kg Designjet 4000 series 185 kg Designjet 4500 series Width lt 1930 mm Depth lt 800 mm Height 1350 mm ENWW Physical specifications 317 Table 29 8 Stacker physical specifications Weight 53 kg Width 1286 mm Depth 1002 1569 mm Height 1135 mm Memory specifications Table 29 9 Memory specifications Memory DRAM supplied 256 MB Memory DRAM maximum 512 MB Hard disk 40 GB Power specifications Table 29 10 Printer power specifications Source 100 240 V ac 10 autoranging Frequency 50 60 Hz Current lt 6A Consumption lt 1kW Table 29 11 Stacker power specifications Ecological specifications For the up to date ecological specifications of your printer please go to http www hp com and search for ecological specifications n gt Source 115 V ac 10 230 V ac 10 pi 4 Frequency 60 Hz 50 Hz i Current lt 10A lt 6A V o 5 O Consumption lt 1 1 kW lt 1 1 kW 5S a n O ZS O N w 2 i a D a Environmental specifications Table 29 12 Printer environmental specifications Relative humidity range for best print quality 20 80 depending on paper type Temperature range for best print quality 15 to 30 C 59 to 86 F depending on paper type Temperature range for printing 5 to 40 C 41 to 104 F 318 Chapter29 Tell me about printer specifications topics ENWW Table 29 12 Printer environment
201. gnostics Print topics Print the Image Diagnostics PYint cccscccsseeseseesesececsececsececsececeeceseecessasensasessueesueetsueeseaeeseneeeens 208 Respond to the Image Diagnostics PYint ccccccseeccssecceeeeeceseesseeceeeecseeeseeeseaeessasensasensaeensaeenens 208 Interpret Image Diagnostics Part 1 0 0 0 cccccceccsseccceseeceeseecseeeeeseeceaeeeceeceseaeessesessaeeeteaseseueeseuseesseeeens 208 COM CCIIVG ACU ON missas E eal Mas ues diabotntlceiat usage pats teeetliaedate 209 Interpret Image Diagnostics part 2 renina gWderdvamucueiaaialandaaiied giael A A E ai 210 Bandin ossee E E 210 Horizontal bands across strips Of one color ONY cccecceeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeesaeeeeseeeees 211 Cornrecive ACU OM eis uasr E 211 Horizontal bands across all the colored StripS ccccccccecccseecaeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeaeeseues 211 Corrective acto 5 tsb crores asian acts a a eras EON 211 interpret Image Diagnostics pat Gea esecdaatcunvecadianen dian a a a aunts 211 COPS CTIN SACU OMI Seed E a e E eddeant 212 TDS till av Gra Problem sen ctiget ca teceeacenct acd ores ceccanicesiautenet atin teawned eraareten cuted aches Gx are deaeteteeane eee tes 212 15 How do l paper advance calibration topics Overview of the Calibration PrOCeSs ccccccccseccceeccceeeeeececseceeseeeseueesaueessaeeeseeeseueeseneeesaeeeseneesaaees 215 The calibration process in etalll ccccccseccsscccseece
202. h Tyvek 4000 HP Colorfast Adhesive Vinyl 4000 HP Backlit Film Reverse Print Matte HP Studio Canvas 4000 HP Outdoor Billboard Paper Blue Back HP Canvas Matte 4000 HP Outdoor Paper HP Canvas Paper 140 gsm 4000 HP Canvas Paper 180 gsm 4000 HP Fine Art Paper Aquarella 4000 Front panel name High Gloss Photo Paper Bright White Max Speed Bright White Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavy Plus Matte Super Heavy Coated Paper High Gloss Photo Paper Matte Film Canvas download Canvas download Canvas Canvas Super Heavy Coated Paper Supported paper types 309 Table 27 2 Other supported paper types continued Product name Front panel name HP FineArtPaperCreams s lt s s SC wa HP Fine Art Paper Sahara download HP Indoor Paper Self Adhesive download a aaa a ee a a a a ee l a 4000 indicates paper types supported by the HP Designjet 4000 series but not by the HP Designjet 4500 series download indicates that you must download the appropriate media profile from the Web in order to use this paper type see Download media profiles Drying time With some printing materials and environmental conditions the ink needs some time to dry before the printing material is unloaded The following settings are available e Optimal the printer automatically determines the appropriate drying time based on the printing material you have selected and the current temperature and
203. h or Metric The units of measurement can also be changed in the Embedded Web Server Adjust for altitude Your printer will work better if you tell it roughly at what altitude it is To set the altitude go to the front panel and select the A icon then Printer configuration gt Select altitude and select a range Op MOH O O D Q O r O pza O L J zunud 106 Chapter5 How do l printer operation topics ENWW 6 How do l paper topics e Load a roll onto the spindle 4000 e Load a roll into the printer 4000 e Unload a roll from the printer 4000 e Load a single sheet 4000 e Unload a single sheet 4000 e Load a roll onto the spindle 4500 e Load a roll into the printer 4500 e Unload a roll from the printer 4500 e Trim the paper with the manual cutter 4500 e View information about the paper e Download media profiles e Use non HP paper e Cancel the drying time e Change the drying time ENWW 107 Load a roll onto the spindle 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only 1 Make sure the printer wheels are locked the brake lever is pressed down to prevent the printer from moving 2 Lower the spindle lever 3 Remove the right hand end of the spindle 1 from the printer then move it to the right in order to extract the other end 2 Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process
204. han expected 261 In each case the recommended procedure is as follows 1 Clean the electrical connections of the printhead that seems to be responsible in this example the magenta printhead See Clean a printhead s electrical connections 2 Clean the printheads See Recover clean the printheads 3 Reprint your image with the same settings as before 4 Ifthe problem persists replace the printhead that seems to be causing the problem If you are not sure which printhead is responsible use the Image Diagnostics Print to identify it See How do I Image Diagnostics Print topics Graininess 1 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings N Use the Image Diagnostics Print to find out more about the problem See How do l Image Diagnostics Print topics _ gt D 2R ae yY O o lt i O Z on O O m oS a r The paper is not flat If the paper does not lie flat when it comes out of the printer but has shallow waves in it you are likely to see visible defects in the printed image such as vertical stripes This can happen when you use thin paper that becomes saturated with ink 262 Chapter18 The problem is print quality topics ENWW Try changing to a heavier paper type we recommend HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Productivity Photo Gloss for printing dense colors See also Choose print quality settings print The print s
205. he paper type you intend to load and press the Select key M Plain Paper O Max Speed Plain Paper i O Bond Paper O Max Speed Bond Paper O Bright White OMax Speed Bright White 1 nated Paner LOP MOH 5 Using two hands pull out drawer 2 J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S 7 Load the spindle using the same procedure as already described for roll 1 82 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 8 With the blue stop on the left lower the spindle into drawer 2 9 Lift the drawer 2 paper load lever This is located on the right hand side of the printer and under drawer 1 printer 10 Feed the paper from roll 2 onto the drawer 2 platen Align the paper with the central blue line on the right side of the platen How do l Ke Sw V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 11 Stop feeding the paper when the printer beeps ENWW Load roll 2 83 12 Lower the drawer 2 paper load lever 13 Using two hands push in drawer 2 OP MOH 14 Using the stops at each end of the spindle carefully wind the excess paper back onto the spindle J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S 84 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW Assemble the bin 1 Locate all the parts for the bin assembly The screwdriver is the same one used to fix the roll module to the
206. humidity If any drying time is required a drying time to go countdown will be displayed on the front panel noqe ow jj L soido e Extended the default drying time is extended This can be used if you find that the default drying time is not enough to dry the ink sufficiently in your environment O Q D a e Reduced the default drying time is reduced This can be used if you are keen to get prints as fast as possible and you find that the reduced drying time causes no significant problem in your environment e None no drying time is provided This can be used for example if you are manually removing the prints as fast as the printer is producing them To change the drying time see Change the drying time Using paper with the stacker 4500 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The stacker can handle cut sheets of paper between 420 mm 16 5 in A3 portrait and 1189 mm 46 8 in AO portrait in length Shorter prints will be enlarged to the minimum length with extra white space longer prints risk falling off the stacker Some printing materials are not compatible with the stacker including e Matte and clear film e Glossy paper except instant dry glossy paper which may be used When printing in Fast mode on Translucent Bond Vellum or Natural Tracing Paper there could be some ink transfer marks in highly inked areas Select Normal or Best mode to avoi
207. icensed by Hunter Digital Ventures LLC Q 1 h O a Q c O 336 Chapter 32 Legal information ENWW Regulatory notices You can obtain current Material Safety Data Sheets for the ink systems used in the printer by mailing a request to this address Hewlett Packard Customer Information Center 19310 Pruneridge Avenue Dept MSDS Cupertino CA 95014 U S A There is also a Web page http www hp com hpinfo community environment productinfo psis_inkjet htm Regulatory Model Number For regulatory identification purposes your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number RMN a l l i The Designjet 4000 and 4500 Printer series comprise various products The Regulatory Model O Number for your product is as follows z RMN Product family re T BCLAA 0401 HP Designjet 4000 Printer series HP Designjet 4500 Printer series o aul HP Designjet 4500 mfp series BCLAA 0503 HP Designjet 4500 Scanner series BCLAA 0504 HP Designjet 4500 Stacker series The Regulatory Model Number RMN should not be confused with the marketing name HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series HP Designjet 4500 Scanner or HP Designjet 4500 Stacker or product number ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY EMC WARNING This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures FCC statements U S A The U S Federal C
208. icon The quality of some images may be reduced if you use a paper type that is unsuitable for your image Make sure the appropriate print quality setting Fast Normal or Best is selected You can set the print quality from the driver from the Embedded Web Server or from the front panel Driver or Embedded Web Server settings override front panel settings The combination of paper type and print quality settings tells the printer how to place the ink on the paper for example the ink density halftoning method and number of passes of the printheads See Choose print quality settings Although the ink systems supplied with this printer have good light fastness colors will eventually fade or change if exposed to sunlight over a long period of time Supported paper types The following tables list the HP paper types that are suitable for use with your printer and show the name that you should select in the front panel when loading each paper type The recommended paper types listed first have been thoroughly tested and are known to provide the best print quality when used with your printer The other supported paper types can be used with your printer but are not guaranteed to provide the best print quality For the part numbers widths and weights of these papers see Ordering paper A NOTE This list is likely to change over the course of time For the latest information see http www hp com go designjet supplies
209. ics ENWW Follow these instructions to clean the platen 1 Unload all paper from the printer 2 Open the window pE A a y M alg l cae j iT 5 4 With the same dry brush remove ink deposits from the platen surface 9 At the front panel select the G icon then Paper handling options gt Clean roller gt Clean platen This command will rotate the small rollers on the platen so that the whole circumference can be cleaned NOTE Ifyou are using the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series and you find that this command is not available please download the latest firmware revision see Update my printer s firmware It will be available from Spring 2006 ENWW Clean the platen 201 Ses eb _ C T _ O Oo gt O L a 2 Q O ur S am o _ o z 6 Use a clean absorbent lint free cloth slightly dampened with isopropyl alcohol to wipe off loosened ink deposits from the platen Z NOTE Isopropyl alcohol is not provided in the Maintenance Kit CAUTION Do not use commercial cleaners or abrasive cleaners Do not wet the platen directly because you will leave too much moisture behind 7 Clean the cutter ramp with the damp cloth 3r v o Q D 5 O O O 3 o3 O O amp S 8 Clean the exposed part of the wheels with a dry cloth Ideally you should clean the whole circumference of these wheels 202 Chapter13 How do l
210. ide 2 The available options for color calibration are e On the printer performs color calibration whenever you introduce a new paper type that has not yet been calibrated with the current set of printheads The color correction resulting from the calibration is then used for subsequent prints on that paper type with the same print quality setting e Off the printer uses a default color correction different for each paper type and print quality setting 3 The printer calibrates the colors by printing a calibration strip scanning the strip with a built in optical sensor and calculating the color corrections required The color calibration strip is 269 mm wide and 18 mm long when using glossy paper on other paper types it is 109 mm long Color calibration takes about three to six minutes depending on the paper type A NOTE Color calibration can be requested manually at any time from the front panel by selecting the D icon then Printhead management gt Calibrate color CAUTION Color calibration can be performed successfully on opaque materials only Do not attempt to calibrate transparent film Perform black point compensation The black point compensation option controls whether to adjust for differences in black points when converting colors between color spaces When this option is selected the full dynamic range of the source space is mapped into the full dynamic range of the destination space It can be very useful in
211. idges the printheads the paper the print jobs etc It can provide guidance in using the printer It displays warning and error messages when appropriate It can be used to change the values of printer settings and thus change the operation of the printer However settings in the printer are overridden by settings in the Embedded Web Server or in the driver l Ready for paper A NO pap r Loaded Press to enter Paper menu a fa o q The front panel has the following components 1 2 3 The display area where information icons and menus are displayed The Power key turns the printer on and off If the printer is in sleep mode this key will wake it up The Power light is off when the printer is off amber when the printer is in sleep mode green when the printer is on green and flashing when the printer is in transition between off and on The Form Feed and Cut key normally ejects the sheet if a sheet is loaded or advances and cuts the roll if a roll is loaded However if the printer is waiting for more pages to be nested this key cancels the waiting time and prints the available pages immediately The Reset key restarts the printer as if it were switched off and switched on again You will need an implement with a narrow tip to operate the Reset key The Cancel key cancels the current operation It is often used to stop printing the current print job The Status light is off when th
212. image adjustment topics ENWW e Using a Mac OS 9 or 10 1 printer driver create a custom paper size with zero margins and take into account that the margins added to the final job will be the ones that are set in the printer s front panel e Using a newer Mac OS printer driver select the printer in the Format for popup menu select the paper size and then margins options will appear You can select the oversize page and the margins at the same time e Using the Embedded Web Server on the Submit Job page select Oversize from the Margin layout list e Using the front panel select Default printing options gt Paper options gt Select layout gt Oversize When using oversize pages you can select the width of the margins as usual see Adjust the margins See also Print without added margins Print without added margins For technical reasons it is impossible to print an image that covers the full width or length of the paper There must always be a margin around the image However if your image already contains adequate margins white space around the edges then you can tell the printer not to add margins to the image when printing it In this case it will in fact clip the edges of your image assuming that the edges contain nothing that needs to be printed You can request no added margins in the following ways e Using the Windows HP GL 2 printer driver select the Paper Quality tab and press the Margins Layout button th
213. ind dh euttetualicnisa deeues nba dads a aewiidareinendcus stawntoleawereiade 139 Clean the Stacker TOC S sec cce seek axes sce cte oe cats capital vedas lesa duaseuancu aA okt havetecaaeaeeiee 139 WOVE OF SIOFE INES LACK xia ice tease aerate E ee 140 9 How do l image adjustment topics Change ANG page SIZE seiere tyasaetiestnhie ds Sender Es tind a a a da aa 142 Create a custom page SIZC ocsccniu na a a a E eats ees 142 Using the HP GL 2 amp RTL printer driver for WINGOWS cccccseceeeseeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeesaeeeeeeaes 142 Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows XP or Windows 2000 cccceseeeeeee 142 ENWW Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows Me or Windows Q8 cccesceseeeeeee ees 142 Using the PostScript printer driver for Windows NT cccccscceceeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeesseseeseeeeeees 143 Using the PostScript printer driver for Mac OS X ccccccccceccccececeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeesseeesseneenees 143 Using the PostScript printer driver for Mac OS 9 ccccccceeccceececeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseueeseeeesaeeeaes 143 Using the Embedded Web Servel cccccccseececceeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeesaeseeessaeeessaeseeenanseesanes 143 Change the Print QUAND x cicies oseoh peta estates estes estes eaptctas a E a 143 GhOOSE printguality Setting Serseri nasba a a ea aia a ie bonito na i 144 Pintat maxim m SpeS rs aaa eaie cae peacemecnecee aaa eeacanacae ansceces meee ante
214. ing Print type Print mode MaxDetail Optimized for Drying time Paper types Lines Normal Off Lines Optimized Coated Bond Heavyweight Coated Glossy Lines and fills Normal On Lines Optimized Coated Bond Heavyweight Coated Glossy Maps Best On Images Optimized Coated Heavyweight Coated Glossy Renderings Best On Images Optimized Coated photographs Heavyweight Coated Glossy ee e s c 2 o 3 Oo 5 9 O fe M gt O 2 314 Chapter28 Tell me about multiroll topics 4500 ENWW 29 Tell me about printer specifications topics e Functional specifications e Physical specifications e Memory specifications e Power specifications e Ecological specifications e Environmental specifications e Acoustic specifications printer _ o 2 Q O _ G O 4 O t S Q N Tell me about ENWW 315 Functional specifications Table 29 1 HP No 90 ink supplies Printheads Yellow magenta black and cyan two of each Printhead cleaners Yellow magenta black and cyan two of each Ink cartridges Yellow magenta and cyan cartridges containing 225 or 400 cm of ink and black cartridges containing 400 cm or 775 cm of ink Table 29 2 Paper sizes Minimum Maximum Width Designjet 4000 series 11 in 279 mm 42 in 1 066 m Width Designjet 4500 series 16 5 in 420 mm 42 in 1 066 m Length Designjet 4000 series 16 5 in 420 mm 6
215. ing data from the printer through the Internet The printer provides data in XML to the application whenever requested HP provides a Software Development Kit to facilitate the development of such applications Check printer usage statistics Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server Go to the Usage page Go to the Historical tab to see the accumulated usage of the printer since the first day Go to the Snapshot tab to save a record of the accumulated usage since the first day and reset the Accumulated tab s counters to zero Go to the Accumulated tab to view the accumulated usage since the last snapshot A NOTE The accuracy of these usage statistics is not guaranteed Check ink and paper usage for a job 1 2 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server Go to the Accounting page which shows you all the information regarding the jobs recently printed by the printer Alternatively go to the Jobs Queue page and click on the name of the job on which you want information Its properties page will then be displayed Request accounting data by E mail 1 2 3 Ensure that the printer s date and time have been set correctly See Set the date and time Also in the Settings tab check that the E mail server has been set correctly Also in the Settings tab select Device setup and choose settings in the Accounting section You must enter an E mail address to which accounting file
216. ink supplies can be ordered for your printer Table 30 1 Ink cartridges Cartridge Capacity cm Part number HP 90 Cyan 225 C5060A HP 90 Magenta 225 C5062A HP 90 Yellow 225 C5064A HP 90 Black 400 C5058A HP 90 Cyan 400 C5061A HP 90 Magenta 400 C5063A HP 90 Yellow 400 C5065A HP 90 Black 775 C5059A HP 90 Cyan Multipack 400 x 3 C5083A HP 90 Magenta Multipack 400 x 3 C5084A HP 90 Yellow Multipack 400 x 3 C5085A HP 90 Black Multipack 775 x3 C5095A Table 30 2 Printheads and printhead cleaners Printhead amp cleaner Part number HP 90 Black C5054A HP 90 Cyan C5055A HP 90 Magenta C5056A HP 90 Yellow C5057A Table 30 3 Printhead cleaners Printhead cleaner Part number HP 90 Black CS5096A Ordering paper The following paper types are currently provided for use with your printer E NOTE This list is likely to change over the course of time For the latest information see http www hp com go designjet supplies O S9IIOSS999e Key to availability _ 2 3 D Q o O Er e lt A indicates papers available in Asia excluding Japan ore O S Q D mA gt Co am K So D e Q gt Q e E indicates papers available in Europe the Middle East and Africa 322 Chapter 30 Tell me about ordering supplies and accessories topics ENWW e J indicates papers available in Japan e Lindicates papers available in Latin America e N indicates papers available in North Americ
217. inter the front panel will prompt you to lift the paper load lever and turn the paper stop by hand until the paper is removed from the printer When you have finished lower the paper load lever Turn the paper stop by hand until the paper is fully wound onto the roll Press the Select key Lift the drawer upwards a little then pull it towards you ee Remove the roll from the printer pulling out the right hand end first Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process Roll detached from spindle If the end of the roll is visible but no longer attached to the spindle 1 Ifyou have already selected Paper unload at the front panel press the Cancel key to cancel that procedure 2 Lift the paper load lever 3 Lift the drive pinch lever If the front panel displays a warning about the levers ignore it 4 Pull out the paper from the front of the printer 5 Lift the drawer upwards a little then pull it towards you 124 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 6 Remove the empty spindle from the printer pulling out the right hand end first Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process 7 Lower the drive pinch and paper load levers 8 Ifthe front panel is displaying a warning message press the Select key to clear it No paper visible If the end of the roll has entirely disappeared into the printer 1 Press the Form Feed and Cut key on
218. is chapter provides a brief introduction to the printer and its documentation for new users How do l These chapters help you to carry out various procedures such as loading paper or changing an ink cartridge Many of these procedures are illustrated with drawings and some are also illustrated with animations in Using your printer only on CD The problem is These chapters help you to solve problems that may occur while printing The most complete source for this type of information is in in Using your printer on CD Tell me about Available in Using your printer only on CD these chapters contain reference information including the specifications of the printer and the part numbers of paper types ink supplies and other accessories Legal information This chapter contains HP s limited warranty statement software license agreement open source acknowledgments regulatory notices and declaration of conformity Index In addition to the table of contents there is an alphabetical index to help you to find topics quickly The printer s main features Your printer is a color inkjet printer designed for printing high quality images on paper up to 42 in 1 06 m wide Some major features of the printer are shown below e Production speeds of up to 1 5 m min 16 ft min using HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper with the Fast print quality option and the Optimize for Lines and Text option e Print resolution of up to 2400
219. isplaying a warning message press the Select key to clear it No paper visible If the end of the roll has entirely disappeared into the printer 1 Press the Form Feed and Cut key on the front panel and the remaining paper will be ejected 2 Press the spindle lever down and remove the empty spindle from the printer pulling out the right hand end first Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process Load a single sheet 4000 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only Any loaded roll must be unloaded before loading a sheet See Unload a roll from the printer 4000 114 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW At the printer s front panel select the a icon then Paper load gt Load sheet Paper Load Load roll Load sheet Learn how to load spindle m Change roll paper type m Change sheet paper type E NOTE As usual you must press the Select key to select this option 2 The front panel displays a list of paper types Select paper type M Plain Paper OMax Speed Plain Paper O Bond Paper OMax Speed Bond Paper O Bright White OMax Speed Bright White 1 nated Paner 3 Select the paper type you are using If it is not clear which you should select see Supported paper types 4 Wait until the front panel prompts you to open the window ENWW Load a single sheet 4000 115 6 Insert the sheet into the printer as shown below 7 Ins
220. it e Wrong stall the cleaner has been installed in the wrong place e End of life the cleaner has reached the end of its planned lifetime V Oo Q O _ lt a gt N e Not replaced with printhead you have installed a new printhead without installing the new cleaner that came with it lt Cc 2 O Ko O fan Q Q Ka H If a printhead cleaner needs to be removed or reseated you must start the printhead replacement process see Remove a printhead Open the window when prompted to do so by the front panel If ENWW An ink cartridge status message 2 7 the front panel shows the printheads with no printhead blinking you do not need to touch the printheads Just close the window again and the printer will proceed to printhead cleaner replacement N lt n 1 n eo O a yu s Wajqoid ayy 278 Chapter20 The problem is ink system topics ENWW 21 ENWW The problem is stacker topics 4500 A NOTE This chapter applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only Paper scrolling e The trailing edge of the paper curling up e The paper is not completely ejected 279 O O oS EW TES Da F om v L O lt p w Paper scrolling When printing in Fast mode with highly curled paper the paper may scroll when ejected to the stacker tray To avoid this problem you are recommended to switch to Normal mode or use a paper roll with a
221. it will start printing at the page at which it was interrupted e on hold for paper the job can t be printed because the paper it needs is not loaded in the printer see An on hold for paper message 4500 load the required paper and then click Continue to resume the job e on hold for accounting the job can t be printed because the printer requires all jobs to have an account ID enter the account ID and then click Continue to resume the job e printing e drying e cutting paper e ejecting page e canceling the job is being canceled but will remain in the printer job queue e deleting the job is being deleted from the printer e printed e canceled the job has been canceled by the printer e canceled by user e empty job the job does not contain anything to print ENWW Manage the print queue 133 Nest jobs to save roll paper Nesting means placing pages side by side on the paper rather than one after the other This is done to avoid wasting paper LOP MOH soido 1 Direction of paper flow xe on t O O Nesting off 2 3 Nesting on 4 Paper saved by nesting When does the printer try to nest pages When both of the following are true e The printer is loaded with roll paper not sheet paper e Inthe front panel s Job Management menu or the Embedded Web Server s Device Setup page Nest is On Which pages can be nested All pages can be nested unless they are so large th
222. leaners on the printer Clean the input rollers You should plan to clean your printer s input rollers on a regular basis once a year or when you notice a loss of roll switching performance 1 Unload all paper from the printer 2 At the front panel select the a icon then Paper handling options gt Clean roller gt Input roller 1 or Input roller 2 This command will rotate the roller so that the whole circumference can be cleaned E NOTE Ifyou are using the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series and you find that these commands are not available please download the latest firmware revision see Update my printer s firmware It will be available from Spring 2006 LOP MOH 3 Use a clean absorbent lint free cloth slightly dampened with isopropyl alcohol to wipe off any dirt or paper particles from the input rollers 293 Ey NOTE Isopropyl alcohol is not provided in the Maintenance Kit 3 D 7 D D O a O O O D w J zuud 4 When you have finished cleaning a roller press the Select key on the front panel to stop the rotation Clean the platen You should plan to clean your printer s platen on a regular basis every few months or when needed Z NOTE Ifyou print on wide paper after using narrower paper for some time you may find that the left side of the platen has become dirty and will leave marks on the back of the paper if not cleaned 200 Chapter13 How do l printer maintenance top
223. libration or HP Professional PANTONE Emulation box Printer settings Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you intend to use Get accurate colors from Adobe InDesign CS This topic outlines one way to have good control over the printed colors you will obtain from your printer there are many other ways We describe the hard proofing technique that shows you on your printer how your colors will appear when reproduced in a press Before starting ensure that your paper type has already been calibrated A NOTE EPS PDF and grayscale images don t allow page layout applications to manage their colors In addition such images are displayed very poorly on a monitor Application settings 1 Open Adobe InDesign and select Color Settings from the Edit menu e Working spaces the working space is the color space you want to use when manipulating the image We recommend using the color space that comes with the image see Color Management Policies below if any otherwise our recommended default settings are RGB Adobe RGB 1998 CMYK SWOP for the USA and Euroscale Coated v2 for the rest of the world e Color Management Policies select Preserve Embedded Profiles e Rendering Intent see Set the rendering intent e Black Point Compensation this option is recommended if you have chosen the Relative Colorimetric rendering intent See Perform black point compensation A 9 Q e Se 2 O 2
224. m Microsoft Office 2003 ccc ccceccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeenas 168 Get accurate colors from ESRI ArGGIS Qiviiiicaeudesaaneansuesued asia zewsasdesbanawesecslochSensislesacbedeabarmnvaccteukiensatens 168 Printing with the Windows printer CNGINE ccccceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeseseeeenees 169 Printing with the ArcPress printer CNGiNe cccccccceseccseeeceseecneeeeeseeeneeeeneescneseenseeenaaes 170 11 How dol ink system topics vi RemovVean INK CAM GG Ciaasietistata van iaakatasladits Suita e E a iii tin 174 IASON AN INK ca mdgo senses a E ernie 177 Remova PNIMNC a Cs credicocccciadects cues sonnsceastcbetes a aaia a ia aaa a Eik 178 Inserta DIIMUICAG xien a r a aestaceeiasiecs 181 ENWW Manage printhead MONItOring cccccccccsscccesseecseseeeceeceeneueeeeaseecsaeecseaeeeceececaueeesaseeetaeeenaseesstageeenans 183 Recover Clam TNE PINEA Snan a abd gia oven a 184 Clean a printhead s electrical CONNECTIONS cccccecccceeececeeeeeseececeececeeeeesseecesaeeessueeesseeeeseeeesaneeesaeees 184 AIMS PIININC AGS is eas eacieasited at deeataloned act lactsaeond end ealaanenata ma eneednadantas 188 Remove a printhead CICANEL cccccscccseccceeeceeeceucecseeceuecsanecsaeecsueesaeesueesaeeseaeecsueseueesseessusessaeeaseess 189 lnSerea printhead cleane nissana een hate eet ear hee eee aden ieee 190 Check the status of the ink SYStOM
225. m the leading edge before loading see Trim the paper with the manual cutter 4500 6 Carefully insert the leading edge of the roll into the front path AN WARNING Take care not to push your fingers inside the front path It is not designed to accommodate fingers and the results may be painful e Sa n Ai ENWW Load a roll into the printer 4500 121 8 Lower the paper load lever 10 11 O Max Speed Plain Paper O Bond Paper O Max Speed Bond Paper O Bright White O Max Speed Bright White M1 nated Paner 12 Select the paper type you are using If it is not clear which you should select see Supported paper types 122 Chapter How do l paper topics ENWW 13 The front panel asks you to specify the length of the roll you are loading After you have done so it will start to load the roll select roll length O 22 9m 75 feeti O 36 5m 104 feet O 45 7m 150 feet m 0I Am 4am feat Z O10 7m 35 feet O15 2m 50 feet E A NOTE Specifying the roll length is not obligatory you can select Not known and has no effect on the printer s behavior However if you give the length subsequently the printer will keep track of how much paper is used and will keep you informed of the remaining length assuming that the value you originally gave was accurate 14 Ifthe printer s first attempt to load the roll is unsuccessful it will automatically wind the paper backwards and tr
226. match a particular color This method is mainly used for proofing It guarantees that if a color can be printed accurately it will be printed accurately The other methods will probably provide a more pleasing range of colors but do not guarantee that any particular color will be printed accurately It maps the white of the input space to the white of the paper on which you are printing e Absolute colorimetric proofing the same as relative colorimetric but without mapping the white This rendering is also used mainly for proofing where the goal is to simulate the output of one printer including its white point The rendering intent can be specified in the following ways e Using a Windows PostScript printer driver select the Color tab then Rendering intent e Using a Mac OS printer driver select the Color Options panel then Rendering intent e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Submit Job page then Rendering intent Using the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Color options gt Select rendering intent Select the color emulation mode You can set the color emulation mode in the following ways e Using a Windows printer driver select the Color Management section of the Color tab e Using a Mac OS printer driver select the Color Options panel e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Color Management section of the Submit Job page Using the front panel select the M icon then
227. ment will be done as soon as the current print job is finished The alignment process takes about twelve minutes Remove a printhead cleaner After you have replaced a printhead the front panel will prompt you to replace the printhead cleaner CAUTION When replacing a printhead always replace the corresponding printhead cleaner Leaving the old cleaner in the printer will seriously shorten the new printhead s life and possibly damage the printer A new printhead cleaner is provided with each new printhead When removing a printhead cleaner e Be careful not to get ink on your hands There may be ink on around and inside the replaced printhead cleaner e Always handle and store the replaced printhead cleaner upright to avoid spilling any ink AN WARNING Make sure the printer wheels are locked the brake lever is pressed down to prevent the printer from moving 1 The printhead cleaners are located in slots underneath the front panel at the front of the printer Press the top of the service station door to release the catch ENWW Remove a printhead cleaner 189 _ a gt 7a c OAA oo Aum topics 2 Open the door OP MOH soido a 7 lt m a D 3 3 Each printhead cleaner has a handle on the front To remove the cleaner press inward and upward as indicated by the arrow shown here until the cleaner is released 4 Lift up the printhead cleaner to remove i
228. mudges when touched The black ink pigment can smudge when touched by a finger or pen This is particularly noticeable on the following materials vellum translucent bond films productivity photo paper and natural tracing paper O 2 Q O _ gt O To reduce the smudging 2 2 O Q Q K H e Try to print in an environment which is not too humid for the printer See Environmental specifications e Change pure black objects in your image to a dark color such as dark brown so that they will be printed with colored inks instead of black ink e Use HP Heavyweight Coated Paper e Increase the drying time see Change the drying time Ink marks on the paper This problem may occur for several different reasons Smears on the front of coated paper If a lot of ink is used on coated paper the paper absorbs the ink quickly and expands As the printheads move over the paper the printheads come into contact with the paper and the printed image is smeared Whenever you notice this problem you should cancel the printing job immediately Press the Cancel key and also cancel the job from your computer application Otherwise the soaked paper may damage the printheads ENWW The print smudges when touched 263 gt D O D T fe am D lt a O O O 2 yud Try the following suggestions to avoid this problem e Use a recommended paper type see Supported paper
229. n equivalent product to an original product that has been discontinued 10 THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS APPLICABLE IN ALL COUNTRIES AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY COUNTRY WHERE HP OR ITS AUTHORIZED SERVICE PROVIDERS OFFER WARRANTY SERVICE AND HP HAS MARKETED THIS PRODUCT SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY HOWEVER WARRANTY SERVICE AVAILABILITY AND RESPONSE TIME MAY VARY FROM COUNTRY TO COUNTRY HP WILL NOT ALTER FORM FIT OR FUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT TO MAKE IT OPERATE IN A COUNTRY FOR WHICH IT WAS NEVER INTENDED TO FUNCTION FOR LEGAL OR REGULATORY REASONS 11 Contracts for additional services may be available for any authorized HP service facility where the listed HP product is distributed by HP or an authorized importer 12 TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO THE HP PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE B Limitations of liability TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY LOSS OF PROFITS OR SAVINGS WH
230. n obstruction within the printer it can often be cleared by loading a rigid paper type into the printer 24 Re engage the bin or stacker with the printer 25 If you find that you have print quality problems after a paper jam try realigning the printheads See Align the printheads Prints do not stack properly in the bin 4000 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only e Lift up the three loop stoppers when printing small sheets Paper often tends to curl near the end of a roll which can cause stacking problems Load a new roll or remove prints manually as they are completed e If you are mixing prints or nesting sets of several different sizes you may have stacking problems because of the different sizes of paper in the bin 256 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW Prints do not stack properly in the basket 4500 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only e Prints at the bottom of the basket may be damaged by the weight of the prints above them For this reason we recommend to collect prints from the basket before it becomes full e Coated paper with high ink content may be crumpled when falling into the basket In this case prints need to be collected from the basket more frequently than usual The printer uses a lot of paper to align the printheads In order to align the printheads accurately the printer sometimes needs to feed through up to 3
231. ndividually by determining the number of sets how many times the whole list will be printed or by using a combination of both 1 If you do not already have a media profile for the paper type you are planning to print on you must create one See Create a new media profile 224 Chapter16 How do l Scanner topics 4500 ENWW 2 Press the Print tab Copy Scan Print setup Settings Print list Name Copies 20050621 075401 1 20050707 050700 Ea A 20050712 055549 a Clear List zj Add to List i Number of sets 4 When you enter the Print dialog the Copy button changes to the Print button The Print list group displays the files currently selected for printing If the list is empty or it needs changing you can select files by pressing the Add to List button 3 Check or change your Setup tab settings The current Setup tab settings such as margins layout printer and media profile will apply to the whole print job 4 Press the Print button to send the listed files to the printer A NOTE The Print tab is designed for printing files created with the Scan tab it cannot be used to print files from other sources View or delete a file 1 Press the Print tab Press the Add to List button Press the name of the file in the list gt e H Press the View or Delete button Scan heavyweight paper or cardboard ENWW Your scanner is capable of scanning heavyweight coated pa
232. nel and select the M icon then I O setup gt Gigabit Ethernet gt View information I0 setup Select I 70 timeout Select IP interface Fast Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet 1394 FireWire USE Hl latdireet ETA The front panel will reveal whether the socket is Installed or Not installed Please follow the appropriate instructions to connect the printer to your network o Connect to a network Windows n Connect to a network Mac OS X Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 You can plug in your network cable as illustrated below ENWW Install accessories 41 Op MOH J zunud o T O D 3 T lt a O D T 42 USB 2 0 socket To check that the USB 2 0 socket has been correctly installed go to the front panel and select the icon then I O setup gt USB gt View information Tf0 setup Select I 70 timeout Select IP interface Fast Ethernet A Gigabit Ethernet H1394 FireWire Al letdireet FTA The front panel will reveal whether the socket is Installed or Not installed Please follow the appropriate instructions to connect the printer to your computer Connect directly to a computer Windows e Connect directly to a computer Mac OS X o Connect directly to a computer Mac OS 9 4000 You can plug in your USB cable as illustrated below Chapter 2 How do l printer assembly topics 4000 ENWW Jetdirect print server To install the Jetdire
233. nel and select the M icon then I O setup gt Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet gt View configuration 2 The front panel will display some information including the printer s MAC address Make a note of the MAC address software Configuration IP address 16 23 61 128 Configuration mode DHCP ee subnet mask 255 255 246 0 Default gateway 16 25 56 1 MONS service name HP Designjet 45 ps Q1272A 7 EEBEA MAC address 4 CA EEBEA N 2 Q e oa Q J ra o gt I 3 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your computer If the CD does not autorun run the START EXE program in the root folder of the CD 4 Click the Install button ENWW Connect to a network Windows 91 5 Follow the instructions on your screen to set up the printer The following notes will help you to understand the screens and make appropriate choices e When asked how the printer is connected choose Connected via the network e The configuration program will look for printers connected to your network When the search has finished a list of printers will be displayed Identify your printer by its MAC address and select it from the list e The configuration program will analyze the network and the printer As there are no TCP IP parameters configured the program will ask you to enter the IP address the subnet mask and the gateway Enter these values according to your network configuration and
234. ng AppleTalk A NOTE AppleTalk is supported only with the optional Jetdirect print server ENWW Connect to a network Mac OS X 93 I OP MOH N p or O mr eo O O 2 lemyos To connect your printer using AppleTalk 1 Go to the front panel and select the icon then I O setup gt Jetdirect EIO gt View configuration 2 The front panel will display some information including the printer s AppleTalk name Make a note of the AppleTalk name 3 Make sure that the AppleTalk protocol is active by double clicking the System preference icon on the Dock menu bar and selecting Network Select Built in Ethernet as well as AppleTalk from the Show menu to confirm that AppleTalk is active 4 Open the Printer Setup Utility and choose Add Printer from the Printers menu or Add from the Utilities list in earlier versions of Mac OS X In Mac OS 10 4 or later click More Printers at the bottom of the Printer Browser Select AppleTalk from the popup menu A message may appear saying that new drivers have been detected click OK to load them Select your printer from the list O P ae o p Click the Add button 10 The connection is configured automatically and the printer is now available on the network Manual connection using TCP IP To connect your printer using TCP IP 1 Go to the front panel and select the icon 2 The front panel will display some information including the printer s IP address Make a not
235. nly positive values should be used 6 Make test scans and readjust the values until you are satisfied that the lines are stitched correctly 7 Click OK to accept your settings Repeat this procedure until you are satisfied with the results To return the insertion slot height to its normal position 1 Remove all material from the insertion slot 2 Press the Automatic Thickness Adjustment Control key 3 Press and hold the arrow down key until the insertion slot has stopped adjusting itself Try to avoid leaving the insertion slot set above minimum height for long periods of time The scanner periodically performs an automatic self adjustment procedure but only when the insertion slot height is at minimum Preview copies ENWW The previewing feature allows you to control your document size and margins visually and readjust or relocate the paper frame on the image Its size is determined by the size settings made in the Copy tab dialog The paper frame s size and thickness in the preview window will be determined by the Input Size Output Size and Margins settings Press the Preview button ie to load a fresh preview Zoom all Qi Setting size and margins you need a view of the whole image Resize the image so that it exactly fits in the preview window Zoom in The zoom in axis is in the center of the preview window Continue to press the Zoom In button to the required level of detail Zoom out Q The zoom out
236. nnection using BOnjour RENGEZVOUG ccccceeceeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeesaeeesaaeeesaaeees 93 Manual connection using Apple Talk ccccccccsecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeseeesaes 93 Manual connection using TC PIP issereec terse iiiesiaheesteces voiwakwiaatietnai eee eld Sienestd deed 94 Connect to a network Mac OS 9 4000 ccc cccccsececseeecesseeeceseeeccuseeecaseeseageeeeeusecesaseesseseesseeeeeess 95 USING TOPIE seconde ate ncaa cae a cated tetas tapegeae nee aeiees tears paces 95 BT ge 26 ol Fk qemtenme ae nites E ts ei REN tte oN on ICR 2 On Set 95 Connect directly to a computer Mac OS X cccccccssceccceeeeeceesseecceuseeeceuceeecsaeeesseaueeeesaseesssageeessegseess 96 Manual connection with FireWire IEEE 1394 cceeccessseeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeesaaeeesaaeeeenees 96 Manlial GOnne Con WHEA US Bcc aare udnarctstuiad a eety ate lei tLOs desk stuinctds 97 Shang the PINO aineina ie sah pec ceara a medals lesen hae tesa ee aa nes eee 97 Connect directly to a computer Mac OS 9 4000 cc ceeccccceeeeeeceeeeeseeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeesseeeeeeaaees 97 Sanno EG DINO nziriri Se aesteaade oe anacd em ae ncrtmila tee enlevide dagen Wav Gueeunda deine aetveetnaeats 98 Uninstall the printer driver Mac OS 9 4000 ccc cccccceeecceececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeesseeeeseeeeseeeeeaes 98 5 How do l printer operation topics S109 2 g ke2 19 e By nearer nee or
237. ns gt Rotate option changes both the orientation of a print and the orientation of the page It is possible that a rotated image on a roll may be slightly clipped in order to retain the correct page size e You may have asked to rotate the page from portrait to landscape on a paper size that is not wide enough e f necessary change the printable area in your software 2 2 Chapter19 The problem is image error topics ENWW There is another possible explanation for a clipped image Some applications such as Adobe Photoshop Adobe Illustrator and CorelDRAW use an internal 16 bit coordinate system which means that they cannot handle an image of more than 32 768 pixels If you try to print an image larger than this from these applications the bottom of the image will be clipped In this case the only way to print the whole image is to reduce the resolution so that the whole image requires fewer than 32 68 pixels The HP GL 2 printer driver contains an option called Compatibility with 16 bit applications which can be used to reduce the resolution of such images automatically You can find this option by selecting the driver s Advanced tab then Document options then Printer features The image is in one portion of the printing area e Have you selected too small a page size in your application e Does your application think that the image is in one portion of the page The image is unexpectedly rotated At the front panel select
238. nting 131 saving 130 submitting 130 print quality changing 143 choosing 144 print quality problems banding 260 blurred lines 266 discontinuous lines 266 249 ENWW general 260 graininess 262 horizontal lines 260 ink bleeding 266 ink marks 263 misaligned colors 265 paper not flat 262 smudging 263 solid bands lines 261 stepped lines 265 thin lines 261 top of print 264 warped lines 267 print resolution 316 printer configuration for the scanner 4500 230 printer does not print printer driver Mac OS 9 uninstall 4000 98 Windows uninstall 92 printer software 8 printer s main components 4000 3 printer s main components 4500 4 printer s main features 2 printhead about 305 aligning 188 cannot insert 276 cleaning 184 cleaning connections getting information inserting 181 monitoring 183 ordering 322 recovery 184 removing 178 reseat reseat 276 specification 316 printhead cleaner about 306 cannot insert 276 inserting 190 ordering 322 removing 189 specification 316 printheads are limiting performance 288 printing a scanned document 289 184 193 4500 224 Q QuarkXPress 166 ENWW Quick Reference Guide holder 22 R rear lights 300 recommended papers 308 refilling ink cartridges 304 regulatory notices 337 rendering intent 155 resolution 316 restarting the printer roll paper loading into the printer 4000 110 loading into the printer 4500 120 loading onto the spindle 4000 108 loading o
239. nto the spindle 4500 118 trimming 4500 unloading 4000 113 unloading 4500 123 roll switching policy 4500 roller lubrication 292 rotating animage 148 rotation unexpected 273 102 125 313 S saving scanned files on CD or DVD 4500 231 scaling an image scanner accessing the shared folder 231 adding a printer 230 adjusting color 232 both lights flashing 282 calibration 220 can t make media profile 284 checking the print queue 233 cleaning the glass 234 collating copies 234 copying 221 creating a media profile 221 delete file 225 diagnostics light flashing 282 does not start 283 enabling disabling accounts 233 maintenance warnings 283 margins too wide 284 previewing copies 227 print job on hold 284 printer loads the wrong roll 149 284 printing a file 224 saving files on CD or DVD 231 scanning to file 224 setting timers 234 software introduction 8 streaks in the image 284 thick materials 225 touch screen calibration 220 unreadable CD DVD 284 view file 225 wait light flashing 282 wrong language 283 scanning a document to a file 4500 224 scanning heavyweight paper or cardboard 4500 225 sheet paper 4000 loading 114 unloading 118 sleep mode wait time slow printing 290 small image 273 smudging 263 software 8 software license 335 space required for the printer 4000 12 space required for the printer 4500 46 106 specifications acoustic 319 ecological 318 environmental 318 gr
240. oated PAPEM cccecccceeccccesecceeeeceeeeeceeceseeaeeseaeeeseuseseueessenseseaees 263 Smears or scratches on the front Of glossy PAPET ccceeccccseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeas 264 Ink marks on the back of the PAPel cccccccccseccccesceceeceeeeeeeseeceseeeeseueeeeueeeseeeesaeeesseeesaes 264 Ink marks when the stacker is in use 4500 cece eececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeseueeseees 264 A defect near he Start of a Or nts eice ewes teeta a aa aa i eaa aT ania 264 Hnes are SIPPE aaa r E a N rere 265 Lines are printed double or in wrong colorS s sesssssssesssesrrssssersrrsrrensrrrrresrnrnnressrenrrsserersrrerrensreenn 265 LINCS AS GISCONEMUOUS raissa NE A E 266 Lines are blurred ink bleeds from liIN S ccsccccsececcceseeecceuceeeceeeeeceegeeceeaseeessaaeessauseesssaesessageees 266 Lines are slighty Warped astr a a laws aa a a a a a 267 Color ACCURACY aau T A a E E E 267 Color accuracy using EPS or PDF images in page layout applications cccccee 267 PANTONE COlOl ACCUIAGCY erena ra a T A adie 267 Using Automatic PANTONE Calibration the best ChOICe ccccsecceeeseeeeeseeeeesneeeeesnees 268 Converting PANTONE colors Manuallly ccccccccccseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeesseeeeseeeesaeeeesaaeeeeaaes 268 TID Sor n tee tach qe e cues e leg S e a eet adden deaand eet 268 Color matching between different HP DeSignijets cccccceeece
241. ommunications Commission in 47 cfr15 105 has specified that the following notices be brought to the attention of users of this product Shielded cables Use of shielded data cables is required to comply with the Class A limits of Part 15 of the FCC Rules CAUTION Pursuant to Part 15 21 of the FCC Rules any changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved by the Hewlett Packard Company may cause harmful interference and void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case users will be required to correct the interference at their own expense ENWW Regulatory notices 337 Normes de s curit Canada Le present appareil num rique n met pas de bruits radioelectriques d passant les limites applicables aux appareils num riques de Classe A prescrites dans le r glement sur le brouillage radioelectrique dict par le Minist re des Communications du Canada DOC statement Canada
242. on is recommended if you have chosen the Relative Colorimetric rendering intent See Perform black point compensation e Paper White this checkbox emulates the whiteness of the paper on the monitor The effect is the same as using the Absolute Colorimetric rendering intent e Ink Black this checkbox turns off the black point compensation for the rendering from simulation to the monitor So if the simulation space black is lighter than the monitor black you will see the washed out blacks on the monitor This option is not recommended A 9 Q e Se 2 O 2 e Preview if this checkbox is enabled recommended the changes you make in this window are reflected in the image immediately How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS PostScript driver 161 Proof Setup E y x Setup Custom aeo TT a Profile HF Designjet 4000 High Gloss Photo Sane Preserve Color Numbers Load Intent Perceptual Save M Use Black Point Compensation Simulate Paper White Iv Preview Tl Ink Black 4 When you are ready to print the image open the Print with Preview window from the File menu In the Color Management tab you can select e Source Space Document automatically assigned for you This is the color space in which you have been working while editing the image e Profile select PostScript Color Management if you do not see this option select Printer Color Management With thi
243. ont panel e Access the Embedded Web Server e Change the language of the Embedded Web Server e Password protect the Embedded Web Server e Request E mail notification of specific error conditions Set the date and time e Change the sleep mode setting e Turn off the buzzer e Change the front panel contrast e Change the units of measurement e Adjust for altitude printer V O Q O ur O _ 4 Sem Q Q How do l ENWW 101 Op MOH O O D Q O er O 2 O L J zund Switch on and off 19 Hint The printer is Energy Star compliant and can be left switched on without wasting energy Leaving it on improves response time and overall system reliability When the printer has not been used for a certain period of time 30 minutes by default it will save power by going into sleep mode However any interaction with the printer will return it to active mode and it can resume printing immediately If you wish to switch the printer on or off the normal and recommended method is to use the Power key on the front panel NN f pe X F CE a _ TAN a G When you switch off the printer this way the printheads are automatically stored with the printhead cleaners which prevents them from drying out However if you plan to leave the printer switched off for a long period of time you are recommended to switch it off using the Power key and then also switch
244. ont panel select the FI icon then Printer configuration gt Date and time options gt Set date or Set time or Set time zone ENWW Password protect the Embedded Web Server 105 If you are using the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series and you find that these options are not available please download the latest firmware revision see Update my printer s firmware Date and time setting will be available from Spring 2006 Change the sleep mode setting If the printer is left switched on but unused for a certain period of time it will go automatically into sleep mode to save power To change the time the printer waits before it goes into sleep mode go to the front panel and select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Sleep mode wait time Highlight the wait time you want then press the Select key Turn off the buzzer To turn the printer s buzzer on or off go to the front panel and select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Front panel options gt Enable buzzer Change the front panel contrast To change the contrast of the front panel display select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Front panel options gt Select display contrast and choose a value using the Up or Down key Press the Select key to set the value you have chosen Change the units of measurement To change the units of measurement displayed in the front panel select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Select units and select Englis
245. option in the application print command see above g HP Designjet 4000ps HPGLZ RTL Properties x PaperLuality Finishing Effects Color Services r Print Task Quick Sets a ee new configuration gt Save Color Options T Print In Grayscale High Quality Black Ink Only Advanced Color Settings r Color Management Color Matching Method RAGE ooo AdobeRGB _ Managed by Application Printer settings Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you intend to use Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS PostScript driver This topic outlines one way to have good control over the printed colors you will obtain from your printer there are many other ways Before starting ensure that your paper type has already been calibrated A 9 Q e Se 2 O 2 How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from Adobe Photoshop CS PostScript driver 159 L O Q O 2 O er O O L Application settings 1 Open Adobe Photoshop and select Color Settings from the Edit menu Windows or from the Photoshop menu Mac OS e Working spaces the working space is the color space you want to use when manipulating the image We recommend using the color space that comes with the image see Color Management Policies below if any otherwise our recommended default settings are RGB Adobe RGB 1998 CMYK SWOP for the USA and Euroscale Coated
246. or Adjustment tab if you want to adjust gamma brightness contrast or saturation You can preview the changes AmPress Printer Eira General Color Adjustment Adust to Gamma 2 2 Brightness 0 Contrast 100 Saturation 100 Detault prttreersrnremrrnrer mananeeopenssseme ses ameneteamanes sap snssenmstaanegarsatemsoesresssneamsasseenaenses Gamma Brightness Conbask Saturation 4 You can print now click the OK button in this dialog box and in the Print dialog box O 9 Q O r Se 2 O g O Oo gt O L ENWW Get accurate colors from ESRI ArcGIS9 171 LOP MOH ry O e O O L 172 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW 11 How dol ink system topics eb _ N gt N G topics How do l e Remove an ink cartridge e Insertan ink cartridge e Remove a printhead e Inserta printhead e Manage printhead monitoring e Recover clean the printheads e Clean a printhead s electrical connections e Align the printheads e Remove a printhead cleaner e Inserta printhead cleaner e Check the status of the ink system e Get ink cartridge statistics e Get printhead statistics ENWW 173 Remove an ink cartridge There are two types of ink cartridge removal LOP MOH e The ink cartridge is very low and you want to replace it with a full cartridge for unattended printing you can use up the remaining ink in the first cartridge at a mo
247. or On for Bright White higher quality jaa lower speed Bond Paper 9 Translucent materials 20 am Ss Coated Paper to 5 O Lines Normal Drawings text Off Bright White qs J ee cE Bond Paper m o Translucent materials 3 ranslucent materials Fs Coated Paper w Lines and fills fast Normal Drawings text On Bright White i Bond Paper hs Translucent materials Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Productivity Photo Gloss Lines and fills Best Drawings text Off Bright White Bond Paper 144 Chapter9 How do l image adjustment topics ENWW Image quality settings Paper types Print content Print quality Optimized for Maximum detail Translucent materials e Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Productivity Photo Gloss Lines and images Best Drawings text On Coated Paper high quality maps Heavyweight Coated Paper Productivity Photo Gloss In store advertising Normal Images Off Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper il cB A AS Productivity Photo Gloss Renderings Best Images Off Heavyweight Coated Paper Productivity Photo Gloss Photographs Best Images Off Productivity Photo Gloss LETS ls Translucent materials include Vellum Translucent Bond Natural Tracing Paper Clear Film and W Oo Q O r a c T ma S Matte Film 5 oo o gt I For technical details of print resolution see Functional specifications Print at maximum speed There ar
248. ormation More information is available from the following sources e The Embedded Web Server provides information about your printer status technical support online documentation etc see Tell me about Embedded Web Server topics e The Printer assembly document that came with your printer ENWW HP Designjet Online 329 D s gt Ow Oo o m O c O m TE OQ D s a ER Ce 330 Chapter 31 Tell me about getting help topics ENWW 32 Legal information e Worldwide Limited Warranty HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp 8 Hewlett Packard Software License Agreement Open source acknowledgments n Regulatory notices n DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY O _ ao z S O Gen S O l ENWW 331 Worldwide Limited Warranty HP Designjet 4000 4500 Printer series and 4500mfp HP product Limited Warranty Period Printer 1 year from the date of purchase by the customer Software 90 days from the date of purchase by the customer Printhead Until the end of warranty date printed on the product is reached or 1000 cm of HP ink have been cycled through the printhead whichever occurs first Ink cartridge Until the genuine HP ink is depleted as indicated by the printer or the end of warranty date printed on the product is reached whichever occurs first A Extent of HP Limited Warranty 1 This Hewlett Packard HP Limited Warranty gives you the
249. ou buy a new printhead you get a new printhead cleaner with it When you replace a printhead always replace the printhead cleaner at the same time Leaving the old printhead cleaner in the printer will shorten the new printhead s life and possibly damage the printer A NOTE In some circumstances the printer may ask you to replace a printhead cleaner even though the corresponding printhead is not due for replacement This is done in order to maintain the printer s image quality and reliability Ink system tips For best results always follow these guidelines e Install the ink cartridges printheads and printhead cleaners before the install by date which is printed on the packaging e Install a new printhead cleaner every time you install a new printhead e Follow the instructions on the front panel during installation e Allow the printer and printhead cleaners to clean the printheads automatically e Avoid unnecessary removal of the ink cartridges and printheads e The ink cartridges should never be removed while the printer is printing They should be removed only when the printer is ready for you to replace them The front panel will guide you through the removal and installation procedures or see Remove an ink cartridge and Insert an ink cartridge 306 Chapter26 Tell me about ink system topics ENWW 27 ENWW Tell me about paper topics Using paper e Supported paper types Drying time e Using paper wi
250. ou have changed the settings in the front panel by selecting the M icon followed by Default printing options gt HP GL 2 settings gt Define palette but you have forgotten to select that palette in Default printing options gt HP GL 2 settings gt Select palette e Ifyou want the software driven pen settings you must remember to go to the front panel and select the M icon followed by Default printing options gt HP GL 2 settings gt Select palette gt Software Some objects are missing from the printed image Large quantities of data may be necessary to print a high quality large format print job and in some specific workflows there may be issues that can lead to some objects missing from the output Here are some recommendations for the use of the HP GL 2 driver for Windows in these cases n In the Advanced tab select Document options Printer features and set Send Job as Raster to Enabled e Inthe Advanced tab select Document options Printer features and set 16 bit App Compatibility to Enabled In the Advanced tab select Document options Printer features and set Max Application resolution to 300 The above settings are mentioned for troubleshooting purposes and may adversely affect the final output quality or the time necessary to generate the print job Therefore they should be restored to their default values if they do not help to solve the problem A PDF file is clipped or objects are missing In older ver
251. ows If you have installed third party software drivers and RIPs refer to their documentation e If the problem appears to be related to your software application first contact your software vendor e If you still have difficulty refer to the HP Support Services booklet provided with your printer This document contains a comprehensive list of various support services available to help solve printer problems If you call one of the Hewlett Packard offices please have the following information available to help us answer your questions more quickly e The printer you are using the product number and the serial number found on the label at the back of the printer The printer s Service ID select the M icon and then View printer information e If there is an error code on the front panel note it down see Status codes and error messages 328 Chapter 31 Tell me about getting help topics ENWW e The computer you are using getting e Any special equipment or software you are using for example spoolers networks switch boxes modems or special software drivers e The cable you are using by part number and where you purchased it V 2 Q e _ 2 e The type of interface used on your printer FireWire USB or network e The software name and version you are currently using PE O Q Ls o O H If the problem is a system error it will have a error number record
252. parate HP GL 2 drivers O 2 Q O _ gt O The situation is that you are printing on each printer using the HP GL 2 driver installed for that printer 1 Ensure that both printers have been updated to the latest firmware version See Update my printer s firmware _ c D Q v 2 2 Le Son Q lt H 2 Ensure that you have the latest printer driver for both printers You can download the latest versions for any HP printer from http www hp com go designjet 3 Ensure that Color Calibration is turned on At the front panel of the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series select the Al icon then Printer configuration gt Color calibration gt On 4 Load the printers with similar paper types 5 Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you have loaded 6 With the HP GL 2 driver for the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series select the Color tab and select Printer Emulation from the list of color management options Then choose the Designjet 1000 series from the list of emulated printers 7 With the HP GL 2 driver for the HP Designjet 1000 series select the Options tab then Manual Color gt Color Control gt Match Screen You should also select the Paper Size tab then Paper Type ENWW Color matching between different HP Designjets 269 Printing the same HP GL 2 file The situation is that you have produced an HP GL 2 file also Known as a PLT file using the H
253. per and cardboard A WARNING Other thick materials are not supported and could cause damage Remove staples and any other abrasive attachment before scanning 1 Press the Automatic Thickness Adjustment Control key on your scanner s control panel oF 2 Press and hold the arrow up key to increase the height of the insertion slot until there is enough room to insert the document You can change the insertion slot height from 2 to 15 mm 0 08 to 0 59 inches 3 Insert the document View or delete a file 225 scanner How dol O S V 2 Q O _ 4 Press and hold the arrow down key until the insertion slot stops adjusting itself 5 Make a test scan to check for errors Errors will be easier to see in an image with a clear diagonal line LOP MOH A NOTE A large document may need to be supported with both hands on its way in and out of the scanner ar O O L T O1 JauUUeDS If lines seem uneven proceed as follows 1 Inthe Setup tab select the Options button then the Scanning button Options 2 Inthe Scan Options dialog press the Scanner button scan Options IV 3 Inthe Scanner dialog press the Setup button scanner 4 Select the Extended Thickness tab and check the box labeled Use extended thickness paper handling 226 Chapter16 How do l Scanner topics 4500 ENWW 5 Change the value for each of the scanner s cameras Normally o
254. pics An on hold for paper message 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only Job queue E E O F a Ff Rapi hald Coiiiaus Cihias Dalee Dalea all Piugein Kathadh OT F User Preview o KEGLE 9 on hed tor piper 1 n Pt tera aad E3 LI al Metros a eg Caer ae ep ee bt a aba Cs kz 288 Chapter23 The problem is other topics ENWW Your print job may be described as on hold for paper for one or more of the following reasons e You have requested a specific paper type for the job which is not currently loaded e You have requested a specific paper roll for the job 1 or 2 which is not currently loaded e The width of the job is greater than the width of any roll currently loaded When this happens you have two possible ways of printing the job e Correct the problem by loading the specified paper type or the specified roll or a roll of the correct width You can select Properties to see the requirements of the job Then select Continue in the Embedded Web Server or in the front panel This is the recommended solution e Select Continue in the Embedded Web Server or in the front panel without changing anything on the printer A warning message will be displayed and you will be asked for confirmation If you confirm the job will be printed possibly on the wrong paper type which may affect print quality or on paper that is too narrow which will cause clipping 9
255. pics Load a roll onto the spindle 4000 i 2 22c55 0c02 hacsce eae cearsebeigeaveeeescsansetes ee cate ten dees macdaees mace vatbededecea cs 108 iv ENWW l Oad a Foll Into The printer A000 sci te sewet oheaistn a a eae a coarse 110 Unload atol tron the Primer AOOO xen ndcese ian A adnate E EA Wiese taen E 113 The normal procedure roll attached to SpiNndle ccccccsecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeesaeeees 113 Rollaetached TOM SHNA Ss cet csnett acct fideo le lace lay tS eels Palak a te cece dud lO sauat a asinee E 114 INO Paper VISION Cjinc tees tdecoses ea ner E a ede aE ele 114 Load a single sheet 4090 see shai hace cere laba hace cee ae eee ee eed eee a 114 Unload a single sheet 4000 scoot ccccai ses ice sls Seeds sand hdd See nhcdnsetnicadate mmdaddd shcenacedswseeieedaeammtalidaceuiedaecie 118 Load a roll onto the spindle 4500 jesic2sss ict snecccteeee testo ook ecsns eee inls eh vacen tales ate eaceeseide 118 Load a FOllinto Ine sprinten 4 500 sot tone totais Seared courte i E i e a t 120 Unload a roll from the printer 4500 cc cccccccccsssceceeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesseeeseaeeseaeessaeeesaeeeseeesaeseeseneee 123 The normal procedure roll attached to Spindle ccccccseeeeceeeeeeeee cesses eeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeees 123 Roll detached FOM SpinGlOsisi2es scetatsescssorcudveaeceeconensecasianstexdedusdsbasdanecetaduevvedenebadvedewcesavedees 124 INOS I VISION Cag a aha hapa le Satie as
256. pindle If the end of the roll is still attached to the spindle use the following procedure At the printer s front panel select the G icon then Paper unload gt Unload roll 2 The paper will normally be removed from the printer If the paper is not automatically removed from the printer the front panel will prompt you to lift the paper load lever and turn the paper stop 1 by hand until the paper is removed from the printer When you have finished lower the paper load lever 3 Turn the paper stop 1 by hand until the paper is fully wound onto the roll 4 Press the Select key ENWW Unload a roll from the printer 4000 113 5 Press the spindle lever 2 down and remove the roll from the printer pulling out the right hand end first Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process Roll detached from spindle If the end of the roll is visible but no longer attached to the spindle 1 If you have already selected Paper unload at the front panel press the Cancel key to cancel that procedure 2 Lift the paper load lever If the front panel displays a warning about the lever ignore it 3 Pull out the paper from the front of the printer 4 Press the spindle lever down and remove the empty spindle from the printer pulling out the right hand end first Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process 5 Lower the paper load lever 6 Ifthe front panel is d
257. ponents 4000 3 9 Bin 10 Ink cartridge drawer 11 Spindle lever 12 Paper load lever r a O Q O r O Rear view 1 Quick Reference Guide holder 2 Power socket and on off switch 3 Sockets for communication cables and optional accessories The printer s main components 4500 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The following front and rear views of the printer illustrate the main components 4 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW ENWW Front view O O N P oS pP P lt a _ Ar P Ink cartridges Platen Printhead carriage Printhead Printhead cleaner Front panel Paper load lever roll 1 Spindle Paper load lever roll 2 Bin Spindle drawer roll 1 Spindle drawer roll 2 The printer s main components 4500 5 am O prar S ce O Front view with optional stacker r a O Q O r O Rear view 1 Quick Reference Guide holder 2 Power socket and on off switch 3 Sockets for communication cables and optional accessories 6 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW The front panel Your printer s front panel is located on the front of the printer on the right hand side It has the following important functions ENWW It must be used to perform certain operations such as loading and unloading paper It can display up to date information about the status of the printer the ink cartr
258. printer e Low the ink level is low Very low the ink level is very low e Empty the cartridge is empty e Reseat you are recommended to remove the cartridge and then reinsert it e Replace you are recommended to remove the cartridge and then reinsert it if that fails replace the cartridge with a new cartridge e Altered there is something unexpected about the cartridge s status perhaps it has been refilled A printhead status message These are the possible printhead status messages e OK the printhead is working normally with no known problems e Missing there is no printhead present or it is not properly installed in the printer e Reseat you are recommended to start the printhead removal process from the front panel see Remove a printhead but instead of removing the printhead just press the Select key on the front panel Replace you are recommended to remove the printhead and then reinsert it if that fails clean the electrical connections if that fails replace the printhead with a new printhead e Remove the printhead is not a suitable type for use in printing for instance a setup printhead A printhead cleaner status message These are the possible printhead cleaner status messages e OK the cleaner is working normally with no known problems e Missing there is no cleaner present or it is not properly installed in the printer e Reseat cleaner you are recommended to remove the cleaner and then reinsert
259. printing area e The image is unexpectedly rotated e The print is a mirror image of the original e The print is distorted or unintelligible e One image overlays another on the same sheet e Pen settings seem to have no effect e Some objects are missing from the printed image e A PDF file is clipped or objects are missing e No output when printing from Microsoft Visio 2003 O D v 0 Noe cL Q0 38 Oo O v f _ ENWW 2 1 The print is completely blank If the front panel graphic language setting is Automatic the default try the other settings PostScript for a PostScript file HP GL 2 for an HP GL 2 file etc see Change the graphic language setting Then send the file again When you have finished this particular print remember to reset the graphic language to Automatic The output contains only a partial print e Did you press Cancel before all the data were received by the printer If so you have ended the data transmission and will have to print the page again e The I O timeout setting may be too short From the front panel you can increase the I O timeout setting to a longer period and then send the print again Select the M icon then I O setup gt Select I O timeout e There may be a communications problem between your computer and the printer Check your interface cable e Check to make sure that your software settings are correct for your current page size e g long axis prints e Ifyo
260. r of the drawer as indicated OP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S 9 Push the ink cartridge drawer back into the printer until it locks into position 70 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 10 Following the same instructions install the other three ink cartridges 11 Install the printheads 1 Wait about a minute until you see this front panel message Open window to access print heads or press to quit printer How do l Ke z O 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q p p 49 ENWW Install the printheads 71 4 Pull up and release the latch on top of the carriage assembly O s 6 Before removing the setup printheads look at the window on top of each one and check that the D printhead contains ink 3 2 lt o r Oo D as TR ag 7 8 72 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 9 Lift up the setup printhead until it is released from the carriage assembly Then remove the other setup printheads 10 gt j 11 og s OA ag Q _ O ot 5 D Ko gt 9 6 L A p a gt 12 13 Make sure the printheads are correctly seated When all the printheads are installed the front panel prompts Close printhead cover and window ENWW Install the printheads 13 14 If Reseat is displayed on the front panel
261. r or the printer driver you can specify using the Paper type or Type is option that you want it to be printed on a particular paper type you can even specify using the Paper source Source is or Paper Feed option that you want it to be printed on a particular roll 1 or 2 The printer will try to satisfy these requirements and it will also look for a paper roll wide enough to print the image without clipping e __If the job can be printed on either of the available rolls the roll will be chosen according to the roll switching policy See Roll switching policy e If the job can be printed on just one of the available rolls it will be printed on that roll e fthe job cannot be printed on either of the available rolls it will be held in the job queue with the status On hold for paper and not printed until you intervene In this case you can either change rolls so that your requirements can be met or you can tell the printer to go ahead and print the job on whatever paper is available See An on hold for paper message 4500 The printer driver for Windows will tell you which paper types and widths are currently loaded in the printer Here are some settings that might be used in typical situations e With different paper types loaded e Type is select the paper type you require e Source is Automatically select Predetermined e Roll switching policy doesn t matter e With different paper widths loaded e Type is
262. rd Paper Blue Back 140 none C7949A EN none HP Outdoor Paper 145 none C1730A EN none HP Indoor Paper Self Adhesive 170 none C1733A EN none Table 30 8 Graphics Arts Indoor Fine Art Name g m 24 in wide 36 in wide 42 in wide mt Q z HP Canvas Matte 340 C7966A AEN C7967A AEN C7968A AEN or D T D Designjet 4000 series only gt o Q 3 HP Canvas Paper 140 gsm 140 none Q1718A EN none D 4 gt 3 5 D Designjet 4000 series only O 2 HP Canvas Paper 180 gsm 180 none Q1724A AEN none M Designjet 4000 series only Q HP Fine Art Paper Aquarella 240 none Q1703A none 324 Chapter 30 Tell me about ordering supplies and accessories topics ENWW Table 30 8 Graphics Arts Indoor Fine Art continued Name g m 24 in wide 36 in wide 42 in wide Designjet 4000 series only HP Fine Art Paper Cream 140 none Q1709A none HP Fine Art Paper Sahara 140 none Q1715A EN none Ordering accessories The following accessories can be ordered for your printer A NOTE Accessories for the 4000 series are also suitable for the 4500 series except for the HP Designjet 4000 Roll Feed Spindle Name Product number HP Jetdirect 40d Gigabit Print Server for the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series provides the Q5679A highest capacity network connection to your printer HP Designjet 4000 Printer series High Speed USB 2 0 Card provides a high speed direct Q5680A connection to your printer HP Jetdirect 620n Fast Ethern
263. re convenient time soido e The ink cartridge is empty or faulty and you must replace it to continue printing Cartridge error out of ink 0d a 7 lt a D a Ug Ba Se UF A CAUTION Do not try to remove an ink cartridge while printing CAUTION Remove an ink cartridge only if you are ready to insert another one A WARNING Make sure the printer wheels are locked the brake lever is pressed down to prevent the printer from moving At the printer s front panel select the OD icon then Replace ink cartridges H Printhead information Ink cartridge information H Printhead management Replace ink cartridges Select drying time 2 The ink cartridge door is on the left hand side of the printer 174 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 3 4 5 6 ENWW Release the door catch by pressing on the top until it clicks Pull the door fully open Grip the blue tab in front of the cartridge you wish to remove Remove an ink cartridge 175 _ ra gt 7a c How do l topics 7 Then pull it outwards towards you LOP MOH soido a 7 lt m a D 3 8 The cartridge comes out in its drawer 9 Lift the cartridge out of its drawer E NOTE Avoid touching the end of the cartridge that is inserted into the printer as there may be ink on the connection NOTE Avoid storing partially
264. re from the Port popup menu You can give the new port configuration a name such as FireWire 4 Drag the port configuration to the top of the Port Configuration list This ensures that the port is assigned an IP address 5 Click Apply Now If you don t drag the FireWire port configuration to the top of the Port Configuration list you need to choose Manually or DHCP with manual address from the Configure IPv4 popup menu and then enter an IP address See http www apple com for more detail or updated information on activating IP over FireWire When the printer is connected through FireWire we recommend adding the printer using the FireWire modules in order to take full advantage of FireWire printing and to use the IP over FireWire only to visit the printers Embedded Web Server lf you connect your printer through FireWire and the printer is also connected to the network through Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet the printer s IP over FireWire will not be available and you will not be able to access the Embedded Web Server from the Printer Dialog However you will be able to print through FireWire Also in the case of printer sharing over FireWire remote users will not be able to access the Embedded Web Server from the Printer Dialog although they will be able to print Change the language of the Embedded Web Server The Embedded Web Server can work in the following languages English Portuguese Spanish Catalan French Itali
265. re readably in the form of a spreadsheet Analysis of the accounting data will enable you to bill customers precisely and flexibly for the use of your printer You can for instance e Bill each customer for the total amount of ink and paper used by that customer over a particular period e Bill each customer separately per job e Bill each customer separately for each project broken down by job ENWW Request accounting data by E mail 197 soido Op MOH a Q O O O C i gt Co 198 Chapter 12 How do l accounting topics ENWW 13 How dol printer maintenance topics e Clean the exterior of the printer e Clean the input rollers e Clean the platen e Lubricate the printhead carriage e Replace the manual cutter blades e Maintain the ink cartridges e Move or store my printer e Update my printer s firmware printer How do l N 9 Q O i Q c c eb aw ENWW 199 Clean the exterior of the printer Clean the outside of the printer and all other parts of the printer that you regularly touch as part of normal operation e g ink cartridge drawer handles as required with a damp sponge or a soft cloth and a mild household cleaner such as non abrasive liquid soap WARNING To avoid an electric shock make sure that the printer is switched OFF and unplugged before you clean it Do not let water get inside the printer A CAUTION Do not use abrasive c
266. rect way by selecting Remove ink cartridges cannot insert a printhead 1 Check that you have the correct type of printhead model number 2 Check that you have removed the blue protective cap and the clear protective tape from the printhead 3 Check that the colored label on the printhead is the same color as the label on the slot 4 Check that the printhead is correctly oriented compare with the others 5 Check that you have closed and latched the printhead cover cannot insert a printhead cleaner 1 Check that you have the correct type of cleaner model number 2 Check that the colored label on the cleaner is the same color as the label on the slot 3 Check that the cleaner is correctly oriented compare with the others The front panel keeps telling me to reseat or replace a printhead 1 Remove the printhead and check that its protective film has been removed 2 Try cleaning the electrical connections between the printhead and the carriage See Clean a printhead s electrical connections 2 6 Chapter 20 The problem is ink system topics ENWW 3 Reinsert the printhead into the carriage and check the front panel message 4 Ifthe problem remains try a new printhead An ink cartridge status message These are the possible ink cartridge status messages OK the cartridge is working normally with no known problems e Missing there is no cartridge present or it is not properly connected to the
267. rge quantities of data may be necessary to generate a high quality large format print job In some cases this may cause your application to slow down very noticeably taking several minutes to generate the print job or even to hang up To avoid this behavior in the Windows HP GL 2 driver try selecting the Advanced tab then Document options Printer features and set Max Application resolution to 300 We recommend restoring this setting to its default value subsequently because a setting of 300 may adversely affect final print quality 290 Chapter23 The problem is other topics ENWW Communication failures between computer and printer Some symptoms are e The front panel display does not show the Receiving message when you have sent an image to the printer e Your computer displays an error message when you are trying to print e Your computer or printer hangs stays idle while communication is taking place e Your printed output shows random or inexplicable errors misplaced lines partial graphics etc To solve a communication problem e Ensure that you have selected the correct printer in your software e Ensure that the printer works correctly when printing from other software e Remember that very large prints may take some time to receive process and print e If the printer is connected to a network try using it when connected directly to your computer through a FireWire or USB cable See Connecting the p
268. rical contacts on the printhead unless the printhead is new avoid touching the upper set of electrical contacts CAUTION Do not touch the surface of the printhead containing the nozzles which are easily damaged 10 After waiting a few moments to allow both connectors to dry replace the printhead into the printhead carriage See Insert a printhead 11 On completion of the cleaning process open the carriage interconnect wiper by pulling on the sponge tab 12 Remove the soiled sponge from the carriage interconnect wiper ENWW Clean a printhead s electrical connections 187 _ a gt 7a c ke elo ame topics 13 Dispose of the soiled sponge in a safe place to prevent the transfer of ink onto hands and clothing LOP MOH soido a 7 lt a D If the front panel continues to display the Reseat or Replace message replace the printhead or contact your customer service representative Align the printheads The printer will normally perform printhead alignment whenever printheads are replaced If there is no paper loaded when a printhead is replaced the printer will perform the alignment the next time you load paper A NOTE You can turn off these automatic printhead alignments from the front panel select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Auto printhead alignment gt Off In addition you should align the printheads if the Image Diagnostics Print indi
269. rinted patterns 1 to 7 and decide which one shows the best quality Each pattern has one part on the left that is a continuous color gradient A and another part on the 216 Chapter15 How do l paper advance calibration topics ENWW right B Either part can be used to help you decide which is the best of the series of patterns it will depend on your circumstances However if you are using glossy paper or canvas you are recommended to ignore part A and make your selection by looking at part B only In the color gradient part A you should look for light or dark horizontal bands banding which indicate that the paper advance is not quite right Usually you will see dark bands across the first pattern and light bands across the last pattern see the examples below The best pattern is one with no banding if in doubt select the pattern in the middle between the last pattern with dark bands and the first pattern with light bands iC M SS eS M If you find it difficult to identify the best pattern the following scenario descriptions may help you e Where you have only one pattern which is clearly the best and the ones above and below contain light dark bands select this pattern 1 paper c _ ro j aa 2 Se le Oo So SO O gt Id ENWW The calibration process in detail 217 e Where you have two patterns next to each other which do not show signs of banding see below use the p
270. rinter e f your printer is connected to your computer through any other intermediate devices such as switch boxes buffer boxes cable adapters cable converters etc try using it when connected directly to your computer e Try another interface cable See Connecting the printer e Ensure that the graphic language setting is correct See Change the graphic language setting V 2 Q e _ cannot access the Embedded Web Server from my browser If you have not done so already please read Access the Embedded Web Server Sen e3 lt pur O 7 2 Ko O S Q be lt H e Have you set a password for the Embedded Web Server and then forgotten the password If so select the Mi icon then Printer configuration gt Resets gt Reset EWS password At the printer s front panel select the M icon then Printer configuration gt Allow EWS gt On e Check that you have a TCP IP network or FireWire connection to your printer If you connect directly to your printer with a USB cable you cannot use the Embedded Web Server e If you are using a FireWire connection make sure that your computer s operating system supports IP over IEEE 1394 FireWire For example Windows XP and Windows 2003 Server support IP over FireWire but Windows 2000 does not Mac OS X 10 3 and later versions also support IP over FireWire see Access the Embedded Web Server Make sure that your operating system is configured to use
271. roblem is paper topics ENWW 4 Lift the drive pinch lever as far up as it will go j eb Q 49 2 DD O E S Do 5 Fo Tu O j aa Q 6 ENWW A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 251 7 Cut the paper m O O 8 Remove the roll Jaded si wajqoid ay 9 252 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW ENWW 10 Carefully remove the cut off lower end of the paper 11 Carefully remove any paper that you can lift up and out from the top of the printer Se 2 2 O fe Q ee Ka 12 Investigate the front of the roll module behind the drawers A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 253 13 Remove any paper that you see there _ F M O e so 14 3S O An T Q O 4 15 16 If you can see paper through the slits try to remove it by pushing it upwards or downwards 254 Chapter17 The problem is paper topics ENWW 17 Return to the front of the printer and push the upper drawer back into place j ok a9 2 DD E S Do 18 ar O j aa Q 19 ENWW A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 255 20 Lower the roll 2 paper load lever ny 21 Close the window SI Wajqoid au s ido O Q D a 22 Switch on the printer 23 Reload the rolls See Load a roll into the printer 4500 If you find that there is still some paper causing a
272. roll Unattended printing The HP Designjet 4500 Printer series with multiple rolls and optional stacker plus robust and consistent image quality is perfect for long unattended printing jobs Here are some recommendations to help you deal with a long queue of printing jobs e If feasible use brand new long rolls of paper e If you want to print on partly used rolls you can check the paper type and the remaining length in the Embedded Web Server or in the front panel to confirm that you have enough paper to print all your jobs m9 J ow 2 oO os _ 0 w E NOTE Information on the remaining length is available only if you told the printer the length of the roll when you loaded it e Check that you have paper wide enough to print all of your jobs any jobs that are too wide will be put on hold for paper e Check the ink levels remaining in your ink cartridges e The standard bin is recommended only for less than 30 separate prints The stacker can handle up to 200 prints e When you have submitted your print jobs you can use the Embedded Web Server from a remote location to monitor their status e Drop detection should be set to Intensive e Drying time should be set to Optimized e Werecommend the following settings depending on the paper type and what kind of prints you are making ENWW Roll switching policy 313 Table 28 1 Recommended settings for unattended print
273. roll module onto the pins located earlier on the stand OP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S 60 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 10 Fix the roll module to the right leg of the stand 11 Fix the roll module to the left leg of the stand printer How do l Ke z V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 ENWW Attach the roll module 61 13 Fix the roll module to the left leg of the stand using two collar headed screws Set up the printer 1 Place the spare and consumables boxes against the rear of the printer box The arrows on the boxes must point towards the printer box Check that the anti slip material is still fixed to the two rear wheels OP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S 62 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 3 Rotate the printer until its rear rests on the spare and consumables boxes and the wheels with the anti slip material touch the floor co _ 4 Remove the pallet before trying to lift the printer into an upright position 5 Using four people and the handholds on the rear of the printer body carefully lift the printer into an upright position ARTE 9 l printer How do l f Te z O 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q p p 49 6 Rotate the printer into an upright position The anti slip mat
274. s How do l il i 3 Load the sponge into the carriage interconnect wiper by positioning the sponge on the face of the carriage interconnect wiper with the shorter tab in the locating slot 4 Close the carriage interconnect wiper trapping the sponge in place 5 Open the printhead carriage latch and extract the printhead that has the problem as indicated on the front panel See Remove a printhead ENWW Clean a printhead s electrical connections 185 6 Insert the carriage interconnect wiper into the printhead slot at the back Wipe the electrical contacts by inserting the tool between the electrical connections at the back of the slot and the steel spring with the sponge facing away from you and towards the electrical contacts Try to avoid picking up any ink deposit which may have accumulated on the bottom surface of the slot OP MOH soido CAUTION Ifthe carriage is left in the central part of the printer for more than seven minutes it will try to move back to its normal position in the right hand end a 7 lt m a D 3 7 Rub the sponge against the contacts with a light force along the entire depth of the flex connector as allowed by the mechanical stop on the tool 8 Take special care to clean all contacts thoroughly including the ones at the lowest point of the connector 186 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 9 Using the same sponge clean the lower strip of elect
275. s ENWW You can also do this from the front panel select the job and choose Copies then specify the number of copies required and press the Select key This overrides any value set by your software Z NOTE If Rotate was On when you sent the file every copy will be rotated If the job has already been printed use Move to front to move it to the top of the queue Understanding job status These are the possible job status messages approximately in the order in which they may be seen e receiving the printer is receiving the job from the computer e waiting to process the job has been received by the printer and is waiting to be rendered for jobs submitted through the Embedded Web Server only print job e processing the printer is parsing and rendering the job V 2 Q e _ e preparing to print the printer is performing writing system checks before printing the job o gt I e waiting to print the job is waiting for the print engine to become free to proceed with printing e waiting for nest the printer is set up with Nesting On and is waiting for other jobs in order to complete the nest and proceed with printing e on hold the job was sent with the on hold for preview option and is on hold E NOTE Ifthe printer hangs up while printing a job and the queue facility is turned on the partially printed job will appear in the queue as on hold when the printer is next turned on When you resume the job
276. s 291 components of printer 4000 3 components of printer 4500 4 connecting the printer choosing amethod 90 hardware 4000 40 hardware 4500 67 Mac OS 9 direct 4000 97 Mac OS 9 networking 4000 95 Mac OS X direct 96 Mac OS X networking 92 overview 299 Windows direct 92 Windows networking 90 contrast in front panel 106 copying a document 4500 221 core adaptors 4000 108 core adaptors 4500 118 custom page size 142 Customer Care 328 cutter blades replacing 203 cutter manual 4500 125 D date resetting 105 Declaration of Conformity 340 Designjet Online 329 diagnostics 208 distorted print 273 downloading media profiles 127 drying time canceling 128 changing 128 overview 310 DVD saving scanned files on 4500 231 E E mail alerts 105 ecological specifications 318 Embedded Web Server accessing 103 canceling ajob 131 cannot access 291 E mail alerts 105 features 295 ink and paper usage 196 ink system status 192 language 104 password 105 printer usage statistics 196 printing asaved job 131 queue management 131 saving ajob 130 submitting ajob 130 environmental specifications 318 errormessages 286 Ethernet connection 4000 40 Ethernet connection 4500 67 F fast printing 145 features of printer 2 FireWire connection 4000 40 FireWire connection 4500 67 firmware update 204 front panel contrast 106 errormessages 286 language 103 units 106 G Gigabit Ethernet accessory 4000
277. s and Color Manage CMYK sources to CMYK destinations in the CMYK Default Source Profiles 6 The Display Simulation tells QuarkXPress how the display simulation should behave e None means that it doesn t simulate anything on the display e Monitor Color Space means that it converts from the source profile to the display profile for display only e Composite Output Color Space makes the display simulate a composite printer that is a printer without separate plates for different colors such as an inkjet printer e Separation Output Color Space makes the display simulate a separations printer that is a printer with separate plates for different colors such as a digital press You can select Monitor Color Space if you want to display only or you can select the Separation Output Color Space if you also want to see the simulation of the output device on the monitor You can simulate the final output with the printer hard proofing and with the monitor soft proofing 7 Open and retouch the document as you like 8 Select File gt Print gt Setup gt Printer Description and select your printer 9 Select File gt Print gt Profiles e Select the appropriate Separation Output Profile emulation and Composite Output Profile printer e Check the Composite Simulates Separation box then Quark will perform the simulation Print Layout 1 Print Style Default Copies 1 Pages All Layout Se
278. s can be sent and the frequency with which they will be sent You may also choose to require an account ID with every print job In this case anyone sending a print job must provide an account ID otherwise the printer will hold the job in the queue until 196 Chapter12 How do l accounting topics ENWW an ID is provided You can supply an account ID when submitting a job with the Embedded Web Server or with a printer driver using the Accounting tab 5 When you have completed the above steps the printer will send accounting data by E mail with the frequency that you specified The data are provided in XML and can easily be interpreted by a third party program The data provided on each job include the job name the account ID if any the user name when the job was submitted when the job was printed the printing time the type of image the number of pages the number of copies the paper type and size the amount of each color of ink used and various other attributes of the job Images are categorized into four types e A Low coverage lines less than 0 5 ml m O m prar a m O S e v topics How do l e B High coverage lines 0 5 to 2 ml m wene PIGA e C Maps and low coverage renders 2 to 5 ml m e D Photographs more than 5 ml m You can download an Excel template from HP Designjet Online http www hp com go designijet that will enable you to display the XML data mo
279. s option the application tells the driver which source profile and rendering intent should be used for the conversion to the print space In this case the driver will use the Document profile and the rendering intent selected below The driver s Input Profile and Rendering Intent settings are overridden Intent see Set the rendering intent Print S i Position Topia 208 inches Left fa 056 inches M Center Image Scaled Print Size Scale 1 02 l Scale to Fit Media Height f inches a width poz inches M Show Bounding Box Print Selected Area M Show More Options Color Management Source Space Document Document sRGB IEC61966 2 1 Proof Proof Setup Japan Standard v2 Print Space Profile PostScript Color Management Intent Perceptual Use Black Point Compensation L O Q O OQ 2A O O O 2 162 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW Driver settings The application s PostScript Color Management option will override the color settings of the driver Input Profile and Rendering Intent In this case the driver will use the application s Document profile and selected rendering intent Then we have only to select in the driver e Inthe Paper Quality tab Windows or Image Quality panel Mac OS set Print Quality to Best e Inthe Color tab Windows or Color Options panel Mac OS check the Automatic PANTONE Ca
280. se the profile based on the printer model and paper type you intend to use e Intent select Relative or Absolute Colorimetric The only difference is that Absolute Colorimetric emulates the background color of the paper to be used by the press while Relative Colorimetric maps the paper color of the press to the paper color of the printer Printer Style Custom Printer HP Designjet 4000ps PSs PPB HF Designjet 4000ps PS3 General Color Management Setup Marks amp Bleeds Output T Pacameni asin cpus CS SWOP ICC Color Management net EE Advanced Sunn Print Space Protile HF Designjet 4000 High faloss Photo CRD SS g Intent Relative Colorimetric Colorimetric __SaveStyle __SaveStyle O Setup O Setup Cancel Source Space A 2 Q e Se 2 O 2 Driver settings The PostScript driver is recommended for page layout applications because it can color manage CMYK data RGB data or both simultaneously In the Paper Quality tab Windows or Image Quality panel Mac OS set Print Quality to Best How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from Adobe InDesign CS 165 In the Color tab Windows or Color Options panel Mac OS select Application Managed Colors and check the Automatic PANTONE Calibration box When the application performs color conversion to the printer s color space the printer should accept these colors without
281. seful e f your software does not support large formats e f your file is too large for the printer s memory in this case you can reduce the page size in your software and then scale it up again using the front panel option Print a mirror image 149 image wD Oo O re Pa DE zo D Tg You can rescale an image in the following ways e Using a Windows printer driver select the Effects tab then Resizing options e The Print document on option adjusts the image size to the page size selected for your printer For example if you have selected ISO A2 as the page size and you print an A4 size image it will be enlarged to fit the A2 page If the ISO A3 page size is selected the printer would reduce a larger image to fit the A3 size e The of normal size option enlarges the printable area of the original page by the percentage indicated and adds the printer margins to make up the output page size e Using a Mac OS printer driver select the Finishing panel then Print document on The driver adjusts the image size to the page size selected for your printer e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Submit Job page then Resizing Using the front panel select the Fi icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Scale If you are printing to a single sheet you must ensure that the image can actually fit onto the page otherwise clipping will occur Change the palette settings You cannot chang
282. setup topics 2 The front panel will display some information including the printer s IP address Make a note of the IP address 16 23 61 128 in this example Ready for paper HP Designjet 4500ps Fast Ethernet EWS address http NPI e 4ecs FEEBEA Cee We 2 Sh el esa 3 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your computer If the CD does not autorun run the START EXE program in the root folder of the CD 4 Click the Install button 5 Follow the instructions on your screen to set up the printer The following notes will help you to understand the screens and make appropriate choices e When asked how the printer is connected choose Connected via the network e The configuration program will look for printers connected to your network When the search has finished a list of printers will be displayed Identify your printer by its IP address and select it from the list e The configuration program will analyze the network and the printer The program will detect the network settings and will suggest the settings to be used when configuring the printer It is not normally necessary to change any of these settings Manual IP address configuration In this case there is no IP address at the moment of starting the installation The installation process will consist of detecting the printer configuring its IP address and installing the driver with these settings Perform the following steps 1 Go to the front pa
283. sions of Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader large PDF files could be clipped or lose some objects when printing with the HP GL 2 driver at high resolution In order to avoid such problems please upgrade your Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader software to the latest version From version 7 onwards these problems should be solved F D Q 2o og D s3 on o a Q Q D No output when printing from Microsoft Visio 2003 For more information about problems when printing large images more than 129 inches long from Microsoft Visio 2003 see Microsoft s online knowledge base http support microsoft com search To avoid these problems it is possible to scale the image down in Visio to a size shorter than 129 inches and then to scale the drawing up in the driver by using the Scale to options in the Effects tab of the Windows HP GL 2 or PS drivers If the downscaling in the application and the upscaling in the driver match the result will be as originally intended 274 Chapter19 The problem is image error topics ENWW 20 ENWW The problem is ink system topics e cannot insert an ink cartridge e The printer will not accept a large black ink cartridge e cannot remove an ink cartridge e cannot insert a printhead e cannot insert a printhead cleaner e The front panel keeps telling me to reseat or replace a printhead e An ink cartridge status message e A printhead status message e A printhead cleaner status m
284. ss the network cable through the hook at the rear of the printer ENWW Connect and switch on the printer 67 5 Plug the power cable into the rear of the printer then plug the other end into the AC power outlet OP MOH J zund Q N N D 3 5 lt r O O T O1 S A NOTE This printer is Energy Star compliant and can be left switched on without wasting energy Leaving it on improves response time and overall system reliability 8 Wait until you see this message 10 minutes Highlight your language using the Up and Down keys Press the Select key Dengin E O Fran ais O Italiano i O Deutsch O Espa ol O Portugu s mirets E 68 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW Install the ink cartridges 1 The front panel displays how to install the ink cartridges Install ink cartridges for ink system setup 2 Remove the printheads printhead cleaners and ink cartridges from the consumables box 3 4 Open the ink cartridge door 5 To release the ink cartridge drawer gently pull the blue handle down ENWW Install the ink cartridges 69 printer How do l Ke z O 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q p p 6 Slide out the ink cartridge drawer 7 Place the ink cartridge onto the ink cartridge drawer Note that there are marks on the drawer showing the correct location 8 Position the ink cartridge at the rea
285. sscnyey sane e Each object in InDesign has its own color management The InDesign elements native use the working spaces default profiles and the rendering intent defined in Color Settings and the L O Q O 2A O er O O L 164 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW placed objects have their own assigned profile and rendering intent Then each element is converted from its own color space to the simulation color space using its own rendering intent e Profile select the profile that corresponds to the device you want to emulate usually a particular press profile or an standard press profile e Paper White this checkbox emulates the whiteness of the paper on the monitor The effect is the same as using the Absolute Colorimetric rendering intent e Ink Black this checkbox turns off the black point compensation for the rendering from simulation to the monitor So if the simulation space black is lighter than the monitor black you will see the washed out blacks on the monitor This option is not recommended 4 Select File gt Print to print the image converting it to an output space that depends on the printer the paper type and the print quality e Select the Output tab on the left and then select Composite CMYK in order to see the CMYK profiles e Select the Color Management tab to see the following options e Source Space select Proof to emulate the proof color space e Profile choo
286. t 17 If the printer s start up process stops when the front panel is displaying the number 17 this indicates that there is a problem with the file system on the printer s hard disk so the printer is checking the whole file system and making any necessary corrections This problem can arise when there has been a power cut while the printer was switched on or if there is a physical problem with the hard disk Checking the whole file system normally takes about half an hour There is nothing you can do to speed it up If you turn off the printer the file system check will restart whenever you turn it on again If you experience this problem repeatedly when there has been no power cut contact your customer service representative A front panel message The front panel displays messages of many kinds some allow you to continue using the printer while others require you to take action before you can continue e If the printer detects a condition of which you should be aware it displays a message for your information Examples of information messages are performance limiting conditions and printer maintenance requirements Once you have read the message you can remove it by pressing the Select key and continue to use the printer D Oo a O oJ D nO O r gt D a If the printer detects an error an error code and short message are displayed on the front panel The following table provides suggested actions to r
287. t and ejected when the stacker is restarted The stacker has been switched off and on in the middle of a print job The job is automatically canceled the paper is cut and ejected See Clean the input rollers The file format is wrong and the printer cannot process the job Check the graphic language setting of your printer see Change the graphic language setting If you are sending PostScript from Mac OS over a USB connection select ASCII encoding in both the driver and the application Check for the latest firmware and driver releases Even if you have the latest version installed on your printer you are recommended to repeat the update process to clear this error See Update my printer s firmware Resend this file without password protection An error has been detected with the parallel port See Restart If the problem persists check for the latest firmware release An error has been detected with a LAN port See Restart If the problem persists check for the latest firmware release Lo e3 lt pur e on O Ko fe Q ce lt H An error has been detected with the USB port See Restart If the problem persists check for the latest firmware release The paper type has changed since the job was submitter The job cannot be printed on the paper that is loaded please resubmit the job or change the paper Out of memory failure You are recommended to remove any unnecessary files from the har
288. t can often be cleared by loading a rigid paper type into the printer Re engage the bin or stacker with the printer If you find that you have print quality problems after a paper jam try realigning the printheads See Align the printheads Check paper path This problem can occur when a roll has finished and the end of the roll is stuck to the cardboard core If this has happened cut the end of the roll away from the core you should then be able to feed the paper through the printer and load a new roll Otherwise follow the procedure described above under Check printhead path A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only ENWW A paper jam in drawer 2 4500 249 paper O 2 Q O _ 2 Ko O S Q Ka H A paper jam in drawer 2 is indicated on the front panel by a Possible paper jam message with the error code 84 2 01 OO 84 2 01 Possible paper jam Press to learn how to clear a paper jam If you press the Select key the front panel will display an animation showing how to recover from the paper jam Alternatively you can refer to this document see below To clear the paper jam SI Wajqoid au s ido 1 Switch off the printer at the front panel then also switch off the power switch at the rear O Q D a 2 Disengage the bin or stacker from the printer 3 Open the window 250 Chapter17 The p
289. t colors N _ c D Q v 2 2 Le Son Q Ka H ENWW Lines are stepped 265 e The borders of colored blocks are wrongly colored To correct this kind of problem 1 Align the printheads See Align the printheads 2 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings Lines are discontinuous If your lines are broken in the following way 1 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings gt D xo O D a Ke c D paris lt a O O O 2 yud 2 You are more likely to get good vertical lines with roll paper than with sheet paper If you must use sheet paper set the print quality to Best 3 Consider changing to a heavier paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Productivity Photo Gloss SeeChoose print quality settings 4 Align the printheads See Align the printheads Lines are blurred ink bleeds from lines If you see that the ink is soaking into the paper making the lines blurred and fuzzy this could be because of humidity in the air Try the following 1 Check that your environmental conditions temperature humidity are suitable for high quality printing See Environmental specifications 2 Try changing to a heavier paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Productivity Photo Gloss SeeChoose print quality settings EA
290. t from the slot and slide it out horizontally as shown below See also Insert a printhead cleaner Insert a printhead cleaner The plastic bag in which the new printhead cleaner comes can be used to dispose of the old printhead and printhead cleaner 190 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW 1 2 ENWW Insert each printhead cleaner into the correct color slot location in the service station in the direction indicated by the arrow shown here When the printhead cleaner has been pushed all the way in press inwards and downwards as indicated by the arrow shown here until it clicks into place p zN T If you have difficulty see cannot insert a printhead cleaner A NOTE The front panel will not show the new printhead cleaner until the right hand door is closed When you have inserted the printhead cleaner s into the printer close the door A NOTE The printer needs all the ink cartridges printheads and printhead cleaners to be installed before it can continue If no paper is loaded the front panel will instruct you to load some Insert a printhead cleaner 191 _ ra gt 7a c How do l topics Whenever you insert a new printhead and cleaner the printer will normally perform a printhead alignment and color calibration Both are recommended for best print quality In some cases you may decide to postpone printhead alignment until after some furth
291. t one by its AppleTalk name 7 Click the Create button in the Chooser to set up the printer 8 The type of printer is selected automatically A new printer icon will appear on your desktop 9 Close the Chooser An icon will appear on your desktop Connect directly to a computer Mac OS X You can connect your printer directly to a computer without going through a network by using the printer s built in FireWire IEEE 1394 socket or the optional USB 2 0 socket First install the printer driver on the computer 1 Make sure the printer is powered off 2 Insert the Drivers and Documentation CD into your CD drive 3 Open the CD icon on your desktop 4 Open the OS X HP DJ 4000ps Install or OS X HP DJ 4500ps Install icon depending on your printer model on Follow the instructions on your screen 6 When the printer driver has been installed the HP Printer Setup Assistant will start automatically to set up a connection to your printer Follow the instructions on your screen 7 When the HP Printer Setup Assistant has finished you can remove the CD from the CD drive Op MOH The HP Printer Setup Assistant can be run separately from the CD if the printer driver is already installed If for some reason you prefer not to use the HP Printer Setup Assistant you can follow the instructions below for the specific type of connection that you have chosen N p or O mr eo O O 2 lemyos Manual conne
292. t panel of the HP Designjet 4000 series select the FA icon then Printer configuration gt Color calibration gt On Load the printers with similar paper types Ensure that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you have loaded Print your image on the HP Designjet 1000 Printer series using your normal settings Now prepare to print the same image on the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series SS 2 oS Ss S In your application set the color space of the image to emulate the HP Designjet 1000 Printer series and the specific paper type that you used in that printer The data sent to the driver must be already converted to this emulation color space which is a CMYK color space See your application s online help for information on how to do this In this way the 4000 series will emulate the colors that the 1000 series can produce when printing on that paper type 9 Inthe PostScript driver for the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series go to the Color Management section and set the CMYK input profile to the same HP Designjet 1000 Printer series color space that you selected in the application the emulation color space A NOTE When trying to emulate another printer you should always use CMYK colors not RGB 10 Set the rendering intent to Relative Colorimetric or to Absolute Colorimetric if you want to emulate the whiteness of the paper 11 Print the image on the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series Printing via se
293. tenance button in the Scan Options box 6 The Maintenance Wizard will guide you step by step through the procedures of camera alignment stitching and calibration You will need the Maintenance Sheet that came with your scanner Calibrate the touch screen pointer 1 Press the Setup tab 2 Press the Options button 3 Press the System button 4 Press the Calibrate Touch Screen button and follow the instructions on the screen Calibration is done by pressing the targets that appear in different positions on the screen Press each target with whatever pointer you normally use to operate the touch screen your finger or some other object and keep pressing until the target disappears 220 Chapter16 How do l scanner topics 4500 ENWW Create a new media profile Before starting this procedure make sure you have calibrated the scanner see Calibrate the scanner and loaded the correct paper type into the printer scanner 1 Press the Setup tab O S V 2 Q O _ 2 Ifthe correct printer is not already selected press the Printer button to select it How dol 3 Press the Media Profile button You will see a list of existing media profiles If one of them is currently selected it is greyed out The paper type currently loaded in the printer for which you need to generate a media profile is also included in the list 4 Press the Print Color Sheet button 5 The printer will calibrate itself an
294. ter You should allow some clear space at the back and at the front of the printer The recommended clearances are shown in the illustration below Unpack the printer 1 Cut the strap around the boxes carefully as the boxes may fall as soon as the strap is cut LOP MOH J zund o T O D 3 T lt r O ped 2 T on 2 Remove all the upper four plastic handles from both sides of the box two each side Carefully fold the two side lids up onto the top of the box as shown then remove the two boxes w z A O a a E ie a 2 m 3 The symbols on the boxes identify the contents Refer to the table below Symbol on box Contents of box E Printer body 46 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW ENWW Symbol on box Contents of box Stand and bin assembly y Consumables box including K Maintenance Kit please keep this safe Spare box used while attaching the stand to the printer Roll module Scanner body mfp only Scanner stand mfp only vE O gt Packing outside Europe 1 Packing within Europe A E p Aa E E I Unpack the printer 47 printer OAA ol Emm f Te z O 2 Q O _ gt Q Q p p 49 4 Remove the two lids Place the consumables and spare boxes in front of the printer body Lower the stand and bin box onto the consumables
295. th the stacker 4500 307 u Q Q 5 9 25 wo Using paper Choosing the correct paper type for your needs is an essential step in ensuring good print quality For best printing results use only recommended papers See Supported paper types whose reliability and performance have been developed and thoroughly tested All printing components printer ink system and paper have been designed to work together to give trouble free performance and optimal print quality Here are some further tips about paper usage e Always keep unused rolls wrapped in the plastic wrap to prevent discoloration Rewrap partially used rolls if they are not being used Do not stack rolls Allow all paper types to adapt to room conditions out of the packaging for 24 hours before printing noqe ow jj L J s ido Handle film and glossy paper by the edges or wear cotton gloves Skin oils can be transferred to the printing material leaving fingerprint marks Keep the paper tightly wound on the roll throughout the loading and unloading procedures If it starts to unwind it can become difficult to handle O Q D a Whenever you load a roll or a sheet the front panel prompts you to specify the paper type you are loading For good print quality it is essential to specify this correctly If paper is already loaded you can check the paper type at the front panel by highlighting the T or L
296. that you will gain no advantage in print quality by sending an image whose resolution is higher than the printer s input resolution SS UC 2x PR Name HF Designjet 4000 HPGLA RTL Setup Status Ready Type HP Designjet 4000 HPGL2AATL Where IP_15 180 34 65 Comments Printer Engine Aae mea E Properties Printer Paper s that will be printed Output Image Quality Resample Ratio _ ie Map Page Page Layout _ gt we Az Sample Map Elements Fast ermal Best ae 7 Ratio j Bo ki i Drga Tile Map to Printer Paper All Tiles fron to E Scale Map to fit Printer Paper Number of Copies 1 T Print to File 6 You can print now click the OK button Printing with the ArcPress printer engine 1 You must have the driver you need installed although it will function only as a port 2 When you are ready to print select File gt Page and Print Setup select the driver the driver settings have no effect and click the OK button 3 Select File gt Print e Printer Engine select ArcPress 170 Chapter10 How do l color topics ENWW e Click the Properties button select the HP RTL RGB TrueColor driver and select the resolution that will be sent to the printer ArcPress Printer General Color Adjustment mre oF HP RTL RGB TrueColor x For use with new HF DeskJet pinter series Resolution E 7 Cancel e Select the Col
297. the Embedded Web Server go to the E mail server page which you can find in the Settings tab and ensure that the following fields are correctly filled in e SMTP server the IP address of the outgoing mail server SMTP that will process all E mail messages from the printer If the mail server requires authentication E mail notifications will not work e Printer E mail address each E mail message sent by the printer must include a return address which does not need to be a real functional E mail address but it should be unique so that recipients of the message can identify the printer that sent it 2 Goto the Notification page which is also in the Settings tab 3 Click New to request new notifications or Edit to edit notifications that have already been set up Then fill in the E mail addresses to which notifications should be sent and select the incidents that should result in notification messages Initially the most commonly specified incidents are shown to see all the possibilities click Show all alerts Set the date and time The printer s date and time settings are mainly useful in job accounting see Request accounting data by E mail These settings can be changed using the Embedded Web Server or the printer s front panel printer e Inthe Embedded Web Server go to the Settings tab and select Configuration then Date amp Time Oo Q O _ O prar 4 gt See Q How do lI At the fr
298. the front panel and the remaining paper will be ejected 2 Lift the drawer upwards a little then pull it towards you 3 Remove the empty spindle from the printer pulling out the right hand end first Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process Trim the paper with the manual cutter 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only The manual cutter can be used to trim the leading edge of the paper if it is dirty or uneven This helps to avoid paper jams during loading 1 Open the drawer of the roll that you intend to trim 2 With your left hand pull the leading edge of the paper over the top of the roll and then down in front of the drawer ENWW Trim the paper with the manual cutter 4500 125 4 With your right hand grip the cutter and rotate it as shown on the cutter s top cover to make the initial cut then pull it gently across the paper 126 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 7 Return the cutter to the right hand side of the drawer View information about the paper At the printer s front panel select the a or a icon then Paper information then choose the paper source on which you want information You will see the following information displayed on the front panel The roll or sheet status A NOTE The HP Designjet 4500 Printer series prints on roll paper only e The paper manufacturer s name e The paper type you have sele
299. the image If your printed image suffers from added horizontal lines as shown the color may vary Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings If the problem persists clean the printheads See Recover clean the printheads Consider changing to a heavier paper type we recommend HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Productivity Photo Gloss when printing dense colors If the problem persists use the Image Diagnostics Print to find out more about it See How do Image Diagnostics Print topics 260 Chapter18 The problem is print quality topics ENWW Lines are missing or thinner than expected 1 Check that the line thickness and color settings are correct in your application 2 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Choose print quality settings 3 Ifthe problem persists clean the printheads See Recover clean the printheads 4 Ifthe problem persists use the Image Diagnostics Print to find out more about it See How do mage Diagnostics Print topics print Solid bands or lines printed over the image This kind of problem can show itself in several different ways illustrated below in magenta 1 A thick colored band O 2 Q O _ gt O Thinner colored bands 2 2 O Q Q K H Discontinuous colored blocks P P P Thin lines ENWW Lines are missing or thinner t
300. the left leg 50 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 8 Lower the left leg onto the left side of the cross brace The left leg will fit only on the left side of the cross brace 9 Fix the left leg to the cross brace using four screws on the inner side of the leg printer How do l Ke Sw V 2 Q O _ gt Ko Q W W 49 11 Lower the right leg onto the right side of the cross brace The right leg will fit only on the right side of the cross brace ENWW Assemble the stand 51 13 Fix the right leg to the cross brace using two screws on the outer side of the leg OP MOH 00st soido Ajquiasse Jayuiid AN WARNING Do not remove the anti slip material from the wheel 16 Fix the left foot using four screws 52 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 17 Position a foot on the right leg There are pins to help you to position the foot correctly AN WARNING Do not remove the anti slip material from the wheel 18 Fix the right foot using four screws 19 printer assembly topics 4500 How do l 20 ENWW Assemble the stand 53 21 Please take note of the colored plugs located on the legs 22 Remove the blue plug on the left leg OP MOH 00st soido Ajquiasse Jayulid 54 Chapter 3 How do l printer assembly topics 4500 ENWW 25 Locate the pin into the right le
301. the m icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Rotate Check that the setting is what you wanted For non PostScript files if Nesting is On pages may be automatically rotated to save paper See Rotate an image The print is a mirror image of the original At the front panel select the M icon then Default printing options gt Paper options gt Enable mirror Check that the setting is what you wanted The print is distorted or unintelligible e The interface cable connecting your printer to your network or to your computer could be faulty Try another cable e If the front panel graphic language setting is Automatic the default try the other settings PostScript for a PostScript file HP GL 2 for an HP GL 2 file etc see Change the graphic language setting Then send the file again e Depending on the software drivers and RIPs you are using with your printer there will be different ways of solving this problem Refer to the vendor s user documentation for details ry 2 Q e _ e Sem One image overlays another on the same sheet The I O timeout setting may be too long From the front panel decrease the setting and print again Select the M icon then I O setup gt Select I O timeout o O i Y Q O ten Q lt H ENWW The image is in one portion of the printing area 273 Pen settings seem to have no effect Here are some possible explanations Y
302. the spindle 4500 119 If you are a regular user of different paper types you can change rolls more quickly if you pre load rolls of different paper types on different spindles Extra spindles are available for purchase Load a roll into the printer 4500 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only To start this procedure you need to have a roll loaded on the spindle See Load a roll onto the spindle 4500 At the printer s front panel select the G icon then Paper load gt Load roll 1 or Load roll 2 Faper load L Load roll i1 Load roll 2 change roll 1 paper type Change roll 2 paper type vil _Q Hint This step is optional You may skip it and start the loading process without using s the front panel by pulling out the drawer as shown below 2 Lift the drawer upwards a little then pull it towards you 120 Chapter6 How do l paper topics ENWW 3 Load the roll and spindle into the drawer Hold the roll as shown by the paper stops at each end of the spindle Try to avoid touching the paper surface A CAUTION Two people may be needed to load a heavy roll 4 Lift the paper load lever Lift the upper lever if you are loading the upper roll the lower lever if you are loading the lower roll 5 Make sure that the leading edge of the paper is free from wrinkles tears and excessive curl as these defects may cause a paper jam If necessary tri
303. the stacker Clean the stacker rollers e Move or store the stacker ENWW 137 Install the stacker 1 Connect the cables between the stacker and the printer 2 Switch on the stacker 3 Select the G icon on the printer s front panel then Accessories gt Stacker gt Install stacker The front panel will prompt you to attach the stacker to the printer 4 There are two latches on the stacker that engage with the printer deflectors To attach the stacker to the printer attach first one side and then the other because less force is required that way Some warm up time is necessary especially when the stacker has just been switched on LOP MOH EA NOTE The stacker operates on cut sheets of paper When it is switched on the cutter is automatically enabled It cannot work if the cutter is turned off or if the printing material cannot be cut canvas for example n O D 2 T On Jayoejs Uninstall the stacker 1 To uninstall the stacker select the a icon on the printer s front panel then Accessories gt Stacker gt Uninstall stacker 2 The front panel will then prompt you to detach the stacker from the printer Pull the stacker from one side to detach it on that side then detach the other side 3 Disconnect the stacker cables 138 Chapter8 How do l stacker topics 4500 ENWW Change the temperature The stacker contains a heated roller to remove the curl from the paper To
304. theads Printhead management e Recover printheads Align printheads Calibrate color Replace printheads 2 The printer moves the carriage into the correct position CAUTION Ifthe carriage is left in the central part of the printer for more than seven minutes it will try to move back to its normal position in the right hand end 178 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW soido UIa SAS yul Op MOH z O Ee amp Oo _ Cc ab Q O O O gt x v z c Q c O pau q O c O gt O Ee oO Q Q O V v C ab O p pa 4 O ab C c ab 3 Locate the carriage 4 Pull up and release the latch on top of the carriage 5 Lift up the cover This will now give you access to the printheads 6 179 Remove a printhead ENWW 7 To remove a printhead lift up the blue handle LOP MOH soido a 7 lt m a D 3 9 Gently pull the blue handle upward until the printhead is released from the carriage AN CAUTION Do not pull abruptly because this can damage the printhead 10 180 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW Insert a printhead 1 Ifthe printhead is new a Remove the blue protective cap by pulling down on it b Remove the clear protective tape from the printhead s nozzles by pulling on the paper tab The printhead is designe
305. this case the preview is displayed in a Web browser window and you must click a button to start printing The printer seems slow Here are some possible explanations Did you set the print quality to Best Best quality prints take longer Did you specify the correct paper type when loading the paper To find out the printer s current paper type setting see View information about the paper Are you using the printer with the AppleTalk serial port on a Macintosh computer It is normal for the AppleTalk port to be slow Consider using the EtherTalk interface to connect your printer to your Macintosh Do you have a network connection to your printer Check that all components used in the network network interface cards hubs routers switches cables are capable of high speed operation Is there a lot of traffic from other devices on the network Did you specify Extended drying time in the front panel Try changing the drying time to Optimal see Drying time Are your printheads in good condition The printer may print slower to maintain print quality when a printhead is faulty Check the printhead status in the front panel or in the Embedded Web Server and recover or replace printheads if necessary Do you have high density black areas in your image In this case the printer may change temporarily to a slower print quality option in order to maintain quality The application slows down or hangs up while generating the print job La
306. towards you as far as it will go 11 Cut the paper Se 2 2 O fe Q ee Ka ENWW A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 243 13 Lower the lock lever on the left SI Wajqoid au s ido Jaded 15 Pull the front path towards you as far as it will go 244 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW 16 Try to move the printhead carriage out of the way paper topics 2 Ko O S Q Ka H 17 ENWW A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 245 18 Push paper inwards on the platen m O O 19 Carefully pull the rest of the paper down and out of the printer Look to see if there any loose pieces of paper left in the paper path Jaded si wajqoid ay 246 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW 21 Lift the lock lever on the left paper V 9 Q e _ 22 2 Ko O S Q Ka H 23 ENWW A paper jam paper stuck in the printer 4500 247 24 Push the lower drawer back into place SI Wajqoid au s ido O Q D a 248 Chapter1 7 The problem is paper topics ENWW 27 Lower the roll 2 paper load lever 1 28 Close the window 29 30 31 32 Switch on the printer Reload the rolls See Load a roll into the printer 4500 If you find that there is still some paper causing an obstruction within the printer i
307. tup Assistant can be run separately from the CD if the printer driver is already installed If for some reason you prefer not to use the HP Printer Setup Assistant you can follow the instructions below for the specific type of connection that you have chosen A NOTE The Printer Setup Utility was known as the Print Center in versions of Mac OS X earlier than 10 3 Manual connection using Bonjour Rendezvous To connect your printer using Bonjour Rendezvous 1 Go to the front panel select the F icon and then I O setup gt Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet if you are using that option gt View configuration Note the mDNS service name of your printer as shown on the front panel You may need it later on software 2 Open the Printer Setup Utility and choose Add Printer from the Printers menu or Add from the Utilities list in earlier versions of Mac OS X V 2 Q e oa Q J ra In Mac OS 10 4 or later click More Printers at the bottom of the Printer Browser How do l Select Bonjour or Rendezvous from the popup menu A message may appear saying that new drivers have been detected click OK to load them o pm S p Select your printer from the list If you cannot identify the printer by its name use the mDNS Service Name that you noted earlier Click the Add button 8 The connection is configured automatically and the printer is now available on the network Manual connection usi
308. tup Output Options Layers Bleed OPI Preview Profiles Separation CC PressMatch v1 ice ja Composite HP Designjet 4000 High Goss Photo pa wi Composite Simulates Separation Modifications in this dialog will affect preferences A 9 Q e Se 2 O 2 Page Setup Printer Capture Settings Cancel How do l ENWW Get accurate colors from QuarkXPress 6 167 A NOTE Each object in QuarkXpress has its own color management The solid colors use the color profile and rendering intent selected in the default source profiles for Solid Colors RGB CMYK or Hexachrome of the Color Management Preferences dialog box The imported objects have their own assigned profile and rendering intent QuarkXPress will use the rendering intent assigned to the image for both conversions from the image color space to the simulation color space and from the simulation color space to the printer color space Driver settings The PostScript driver is the best choice for page layout applications because it can color manage CMYK data RGB data or both simultaneously In the Image Quality panel set Print Quality to Best In the Color Options panel select Application Managed Colors and check the Automatic PANTONE Calibration box When the application performs color conversion to the printer s color space the printer should accept these colors without changing them Make sure you have selected the right media profile
309. type of paper that you plan to use for printing subsequently The paper must be at least 41 cm wide 16 in and 75 cm long 30 in Step 2 At the front panel highlight the T or L icon tf you are using an HP Designjet 4500 series printer and you have two rolls loaded make sure that the roll you intend to calibrate is ready to print it should be highlighted on the front panel Step 3 Press the Select key then Paper advance calibration Faper menu Faper load Faper unload Faper information H Paper handling options Paper advance calibration Accessories Step 4 Select Optim for drawings text or Optimize for images depending on the type of prints you wish to make subsequently E NOTE Itis very important to use the same setting that you will later use for printing in the driver the Embedded Web Server or the front panel Optimized for drawings text or Optimized for images Otherwise the calibration has no effect Step 5 Select Print Patterns The printer will print a series of numbered patterns 1 to 7 each looking like this if you selected Drawings text or like this if you selected Images LOP MOH The Optim for drawings text print takes about three minutes the Optimize for images print takes about five minutes When the calibration print has finished printing the printer will cut the paper N Q lt N 5 O D e o a 9 O 5 Jaded Step 6 Look at each of the p
310. u are using network software make sure it has not timed out The image is clipped If you are using the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series any print liable to be clipped will normally be be put on hold for paper and actual clipping will occur only if there is a software error of some kind On the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series clipping normally indicates a discrepancy between the actual printable area on the loaded paper and the printable area as understood by your software e Check the actual printable area for the paper size you have loaded printable area paper size margins The Windows HP GL 2 driver displays the printable area in the Paper Quality tab e Check what your software understands to be the printable area which it may call printing area or imageable area For example some software applications assume standard printable areas that are larger than those used in this printer e If your image contains its own margins you may be able to print it successfully by telling the printer not to add margins to it See Print without added margins In this case gt D Q 2o og D s3 on o a Q Q D printable area paper size e Ifyou are trying to print a very long image on a roll check that your software is capable of printing an image of that size e Check that the orientation of the paper is the same as that assumed by your software The front panel Printing defaults menu gt Paper optio
311. used ink cartridges on their ends 10 The front panel display will identify the missing ink cartridge 176 Chapter11 How do l ink system topics ENWW Insert an ink cartridge 1 Pick up the new ink cartridge and find the label identifying the ink color Hold the ink cartridge so that you can see the identifying colored label at the top of the side facing you 2 Check that the colored label above the empty slot in the printer matches the color of the label on the cartridge 3 Insert the ink cartridge into the cartridge drawer Position the cartridge at the rear of the drawer as indicated below A NOTE A larger black ink cartridge is available that uses the whole length of the drawer If you have difficulty see cannot insert an ink cartridge ENWW Insert an ink cartridge 177 _ a gt ra c How do l topics soido OP MOH a 7 lt m a D 3 5 When all cartridges have been inserted close the door push it until it clicks shut 6 The front panel display confirms that all cartridges have been correctly inserted Remove a printhead WARNING Make sure the printer wheels are locked the brake lever is pressed down to prevent the printer from moving Printhead replacement must be performed with the printer switched on at the power isolation switch At the printer s front panel select the DO icon then Printhead management gt Replace prin
312. useeeseegeeesseueeessessseeessageees 338 DOG statement Canada jess orea ee E A youd enn sate eee ets 338 Koreans EMI SlAteMe nt rrieiteciatinnteshaws n a a e a 338 VCGrGIass A Japa aissius a a Meta mitidciaiiuden le 338 Safety power cord WAMNING cccccssccccessceccesececceseeceuaceccseseeecsesecssugeeessueeessegseessueeeesageees 338 Taiwanese EMI statement cccccccceseccceseeseseeceeecseseeceseeceeecessaeeeseeseteuetenseseneseesneeeens 338 Chinese EMistatement eiccen ore a a aa a edo 339 5 0 16 IEE E AE AE N A el A ae A E IE E AA A ETAT 339 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY eeri niaan a a a aaa a E a a A a Naai 340 d cla res that Ne ProdUCh iseina a a a aaa aa aaa a ai 340 conforms to the following product SpeCifiCatiONS cccecccceccceesceceeeeceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeesesseeeees 340 Additional INTORMAUO esaiar a a e deere a 340 Local contacts for regulatory topics ONy cccccccsseccceeeeecceeeeceseeeceeeeeceueeessaasessaeeessass 341 ENWW xii ENWW 1 introduction c O prar O O ed e Using this guide e The printer s main features e The printer s main components 4000 e The printer s main components 4500 e The front panel n Printer software e Scanner software 4500 ENWW 1 Using this guide Using your printer on CD and the Quick Reference Guide on paper are organized into the following chapters Introduction P a O Q O O Th
313. using the check box beside each job name 4 Click the Print button to print the job with the original settings or Advanced Print to change the settings Cancel a job A job can be canceled from the front panel by pressing the Cancel key or from the Embedded Web Server by selecting the job and clicking the Cancel icon The printer advances the paper as though the print were finished A NOTE A multi page job or a big file may take longer to stop printing than other files Manage the print queue Your printer can store pages in a queue while it is printing the current page The queue may contain pages from more than one job A NOTE This information applies only if you are using one of the drivers that came with your printer or the Embedded Web Server to submit printing jobs Turning off the queue 4000 HP Designjet 4000 series users can turn off the queue from the Web server Settings tab gt Device setup gt Queue or from the front panel select the icon and then Job management options gt Disable queue HP Designjet 4500 series users cannot turn off the queue The When To Start Printing options 199 Es NOTE The When To Start Printing options cannot be used with PostScript jobs ENWW Print a saved job 131 You can select at what point you want to print a file you have in the queue From the Web server select the Settings tab gt Device setup gt When to start printing or from the front panel select the
314. x1200 optimized dpi from a 1200x1200 dpi input using the Best print quality option the Maximum Detail and Optimize for Images options and glossy paper for more information on print resolution see Functional specifications e Unattended printing using 400 cm color ink cartridges and 775 cm black cartridges see Ink cartridges and rolls of paper up to 300 ft 90 m in length A NOTE The HP Designjet 4500 series supports rolls of paper up to 575 ft 175 m in length e High productivity features such as multi file job submitting job previewing queueing and nesting using the printer s Embedded Web Server see Tell me about Embedded Web Server topics 2 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW e Ink and paper usage information is available from the front panel and on the Web from the Embedded Web Server e Accurate and consistent color reproduction features e Press emulations for U S European and Japanese standards and color monitor RGB emulations see Color emulation modes Cc O prar S ce O e Automatic color calibration The printer s main components 4000 EA NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4000 Printer series only The following front and rear views of the printer illustrate the main components Front view 1 Ink cartridge Platen Printhead carriage Printhead Printhead cleaner Front panel Spindle ent ew Se SS YS Blue removable paper stop ENWW The printer s main com
315. y again without requiring any assistance If this second attempt is unsuccessful it will try a third time but this time the front panel will request your assistance 15 The printer will perform a color calibration if it has not already calibrated the paper type you are using and if color calibration is turned on See Perform color calibration 16 The front panel displays the Ready message and the printer is ready to print Ready for paper we White OUT of paper The roll currently ready to print is shown highlighted on the front panel roll 1 in the above example Unload a roll from the printer 4500 A NOTE This topic applies to the HP Designjet 4500 Printer series only Before unloading a roll check whether the end of the roll is still attached to the spindle and follow the appropriate procedure as described below The normal procedure roll attached to spindle If the end of the roll is still attached to the spindle use the following procedure ENWW Unload a roll from the printer 4500 123 At the printer s front panel select the a icon then Paper unload gt Unload roll 1 or Unload roll 2 Paper unload Unload roll i1 Unload roll 2 20 Hint Alternatively you may start the unloading process without using the front panel by lifting and then lowering the paper load lever 2 The paper will normally be removed from the printer If the paper is not automatically removed from the pr

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Virador PR7-10  USB-to-I2C DLL User`s Manual  Dokument 1 - Dokumentenserverhosting der SUB  Gigaset E300  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file